Strata CTX Installation & Maintenance Manual

726+,%$
Digital Solutions Division
Digital Business Telephone Systems
CTX28, CTX100-S, CTX100 and CTX670
Installation and Maintenance
Manual
June 2004

Strata CTX28, CTX100 and CTX670
one line should not exceed five (5.0B). To be certain of the number of devices
you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should contact
General End User Information
your local telephone company to ascertain the maximum REN for your calling
area.
The Strata CTX28, CTX100 or CTX670 Digital Business Telephone System is
3. Network connection information USOC jack required: RJ11/14C,
registered in accordance with the provisions of Part 68 of the Federal Communications
RJ21/2E/2F/2G/2HX/RJ49C (see Network Requirements in this document). Items
Commission's Rules and Regulations.
2, 3 and 4 are also indicated on the equipment label.
FCC Requirements
4. Authorized Network Parts: 02LS2/GS2, 02RV2-T/O, OL13C/B, T11/12/31/32M,
04DU9-BN/DN/1SN, 02IS5, 04DU9-BN/DN/1SN1ZN
Means of Connection: The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has
established rules which permit the Strata CTX28, CTX100 or CTX670 system to be
Radio Frequency Interference
connected directly to the telephone network. Connection points are provided by the
Warning: This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if
telephone company--connections for this type of customer-provided equipment will
not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction manual, may
not be provided on coin lines. Connections to party lines are subject to state tariffs.
cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply
Incidence of Harm: If the system is malfunctioning, it may also be disrupting the
with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC
telephone network. The system should be disconnected until the problem can be
Rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference
determined and repaired. If this is not done, the telephone company may temporarily
when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a
disconnect service. If possible, they will notify you in advance, but, if advance notice is
residential area is likely to cause interference, in which case, the user, at his/her own
not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will be informed of your
expense, will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the
right to file a complaint with the FCC.
interference.
Service or Repair: For service or repair, contact your local Toshiba telecommunications
This system is listed with Underwriters Laboratory.
distributor. To obtain the nearest Toshiba telecommunications distributor in your area,
UL Requirement: If wiring from any telephone exits the building or is
log onto www.toshiba.com/taistsd/locator.htm or call (800) 222-5805 and ask for a
subject to lightning or other electrical surges, then secondary protection
U
Toshiba Telecom Dealer.
is required. Secondary protection is also required on DID, OPS, and Tie
ä L
Telephone Network Compatibility: The telephone company may make changes in its
lines. (Additional information is provided in this manual.)
facilities, equipment, operations, and procedures. If such changes affect the
Important Notice -- Music-On-Hold
compatibility or use of the Strata CTX28, CTX100 or CTX670 system, the telephone
company will notify you in advance to give you an opportunity to maintain
In accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may be required from
uninterrupted service.
the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or other similar
organization, if radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the music-on-hold
Notification of Telephone Company: Before connecting a Strata CTX28, CTX100 or
feature of this telecommunication system. Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc.,
CTX670 system to the telephone network, the telephone company may request the
hereby disclaims any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license.
following:
CP01, Issue 8, Part I Section 14.1
1. Your telephone number.
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification
2. FCC registration number:
means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective,
operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal
·
Strata CTX28, CTX100 or CTX670 may be configured as a Key, Hybrid or PBX
Equipment Technical Requirements document(s). The Department does not guarantee
telephone system. The appropriate configuration for your system is dependent
the Equipment will operate to the user's satisfaction.
upon your operation of the system.
·
If the operation of your system is only manual selection of outgoing lines, it may
Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be
be registered as a Key telephone system.
connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment
must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should
·
If your operation requires automatic selection of outgoing lines, such as dial
be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of
access, Least Cost Routing, Pooled Line Buttons, etc., the system must be
service in some situations.
registered as a Hybrid telephone system. In addition to the above, certain
features (tie Lines, Off-premises Stations, etc.) may also require Hybrid
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by
telephone system registration in some areas.
the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or
equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request
·
If you are unsure of your type of operation and/or the appropriate FCC
the user to disconnect the equipment.
registration number, contact your local Toshiba telecommunications distributor
for assistance.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of
·
CTX28 FCC/ACTA Registration Numbers
the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are
Hybrid: CJ6MF03BDTCHS28, fully-protected multifunction systems
connected together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.
Key: CJ6KD03BDTCHS28, key systems for analog applications
·
CTX100 Registration Numbers
CAUTION!
Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but
PBX: CJ6MUL-35931-PF-E, fully-protected PBXs
should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or
Hybrid: CJ6MUL-35930-MF-E, fully-protected multifunction systems
electrician, as appropriate.
Key: CJ6MUL-35929-KF-E, fully-protected telephone key systems
·
CTX670 Registration Numbers
PBX: CJ6MUL-35934-PF-E, fully-protected PBXs
CP01, Issue 8, Part I Section 14.2
Hybrid: CJ6MUL-35933-MF-E, fully-protected multifunction systems
Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device
Key: CJ6MUL-35932-KF-E, fully-protected telephone key systems
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to
·
Ringer equivalence number: 0.3B. The ringer equivalence number (REN) is
a telephone interface. The terminal on an interface may consist of any combination of
useful to determine the quantity of devices which you may connect to your
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence
telephone line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is
Numbers of all the Devices does not exceed 5.
called. In most areas, but not all, the sum of the RENs of all devices connected to
Publication Information
© Copyright 2004
Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc., Digital Solutions Division, reserves the
Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc.
right, without prior notice, to revise this information publication for any reason,
Digital Solutions Division
including, but not limited to, utilization of new advances in the state of technical arts or
to simply change the design of this document.
All rights reserved. No part of this manual, covered by the copyrights hereon, may be
reproduced in any form or by any means--graphic, electronic, or mechanical,
Further, Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc., Digital Solutions Division, also
including recording, taping, photocopying, or information retrieval systems--without
reserves the right, without prior notice, to make such changes in equipment design or
express written permission of the publisher of this material.
components as engineering or manufacturing methods may warrant.
Strata and SmartMedia are registered trademarks of Toshiba Corporation.
Stratagy is a registered trademark of Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc.
Trademarks, registered trademarks, and service marks are the property of their
respective owners.
CTX-MA-IM/MT-VE
Version E, June 2004

TOSHIBA AMERICA INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. ("TAIS")
Digital Solutions Division License Agreement
IMPORTANT: THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU ("YOU") AND TAIS. CAREFULLY READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. USE OF ANY
SOFTWARE OR ANY RELATED INFORMATION (COLLECTIVELY, "SOFTWARE") INSTALLED ON OR SHIPPED WITH A TAIS DIGITAL SOLUTIONS PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE MADE AVAILABLE TO
YOU BY TAIS IN WHATEVER FORM OR MEDIA, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS, UNLESS SEPARATE TERMS ARE PROVIDED BY THE SOFTWARE SUPPLIER. IF
YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, DO NOT INSTALL, COPY OR USE THE SOFTWARE AND PROMPTLY RETURN IT TO THE LOCATION FROM WHICH YOU
OBTAINED IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE RETURN POLICIES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY TAIS, THIS SOFTWARE IS LICENSED FOR DISTRIBUTION ONLY
TO END-USERS PURSUANT TO THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.
1. License Grant. The Software is not sold; it is licensed upon payment of applicable charges. TAIS grants to you a personal, non-transferable and non-exclusive right to use the copy of the Software
provided under this License Agreement. You agree you will not copy the Software except as necessary to use it on one TAIS system at a time at one location. Modifying, translating, renting, copying,
distributing, transferring or assigning all or part of the Software, or any rights granted hereunder, to any other persons and removing any proprietary notices, labels or marks from the Software is strictly
prohibited; You agree violation of such restrictions will cause irreparable harm to TAIS and provide grounds for injunctive relief, without notice, against You or any other person in possession of the Software.
You and any other person whose possession of the software violates this License Agreement shall promptly surrender possession of the Software to TAIS, upon demand. Furthermore, you hereby agree not
to create derivative works based on the Software. TAIS reserves the right to terminate this license and to immediately repossess the software in the event that You or any other person violates this License
Agreement.
2. Intellectual Property. You acknowledge that no title to the intellectual property in the Software is transferred to you. You further acknowledge that title and full ownership rights to the Software will remain
the exclusive property of TAIS and/or its suppliers, and you will not acquire any rights to the Software, except the license expressly set forth above. You will not remove or change any proprietary notices
contained in or on the Software. The Software is protected under US patent, copyright, trade secret, and/or other proprietary laws, as well as international treaties. Any transfer, use, or copying of the
software in violation of the License Agreement constitutes copyright infringement. You are hereby on notice that any transfer, use, or copying of the Software in violation of this License Agreement constitutes
a willful infringement of copyright.
3. No Reverse Engineering. You agree that you will not attempt, and if you employ employees or engage contractors, you will use your best efforts to prevent your employees and contractors from
attempting to reverse compile, reverse engineer, modify, translate or disassemble the Software in whole or in part. Any failure to comply with the above or any other terms and conditions contained herein
will result in the automatic termination of this license and the reversion of the rights granted hereunder back to TAIS.
4. Limited Warranty. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TAIS AND ITS SUPPLIERS
DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD
PARTY RIGHTS, THE WARRANTY OF YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE, AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS WITH YOU. NEITHER TAIS NOR ITS SUPPLIERS WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET
YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE. HOWEVER, TAIS WARRANTS THAT ANY MEDIA ON WHICH THE
SOFTWARE IS FURNISHED IS FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP UNDER NORMAL USE FOR A PERIOD OF NINETY (90) DAYS FROM THE DATE OF DELIVERY TO
YOU.
5. Limitation Of Liability. TAIS' ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT SHALL BE AT TAIS' OPTION REPLACEMENT OF THE MEDIA OR
REFUND OF THE PRICE PAID. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL TAIS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES FOR PERSONAL INJURY, LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION/DATA, OR ANY
OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TAIS OR ITS SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL TAIS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM BY A THIRD PARTY.
6. State/Jurisdiction Laws. SOME STATES/JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY MAY LAST, OR
THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO SUCH LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU
SPECIFIC RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE/JURISDICTION TO STATE/JURISDICTION.
7. Export Laws. This License Agreement involves products and/or technical data that may be controlled under the United States Export Administration Regulations and may be subject to the approval of the
United States Department of Commerce prior to export. Any export, directly or indirectly, in contravention of the United States Export Administration Regulations, or any other applicable law, regulation or
order, is prohibited.
8. Governing Law. This License Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, United States of America, excluding its conflict of law provisions.
9. United States Government Restricted Rights. The Software is provided with Restricted Rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government, its agencies and/or instrumentalities is
subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of The Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 (October 1988) or subparagraphs (c)(1) and (2) of the
Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.
10. Severability. If any provision of this License Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way
be affected or impaired.
11. No Waiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this License Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no
waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT AND THAT YOU UNDERSTAND ITS PROVISIONS. YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. YOU
FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT CONTAINS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND TAIS AND SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR
AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, OR ANY OTHER COMMUNICATION RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.
Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc.
Digital Solutions Division
9740 Irvine Boulevard
Irvine, California 92618-1697
United States of America
5932
DSD 060204

Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc.
Digital Solutions Division
Limited Warranty
Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc., ("TAIS") warrants that this telephone equipment (except for fuses,
lamps, and other consumables) will, upon delivery by TAIS or an authorized TAIS dealer to a retail customer in new
condition, be free from defects in material and workmanship for twenty-four (24) months after delivery. This
warranty is void (a) if the equipment is used under other than normal use and maintenance conditions, (b) if the
equipment is modified or altered, unless the modification or alteration is expressly authorized by TAIS, (c) if the
equipment is subject to abuse, neglect, lightning, electrical fault, or accident, (d) if the equipment is repaired by
someone other than TAIS or an authorized TAIS dealer, (e) if the equipment's serial number is defaced or missing, or
(f) if the equipment is installed or used in combination or in assembly with products not supplied by TAIS and which
are not compatible or are of inferior quality, design, or performance.
The sole obligation of TAIS or Toshiba Corporation under this warranty, or under any other legal obligation with
respect to the equipment, is the repair or replacement by TAIS or its authorized dealer of such defective or missing
parts as are causing the malfunction with new or refurbished parts (at their option). If TAIS or one of its authorized
dealers does not replace or repair such parts, the retail customer's sole remedy will be a refund of the price charged by
TAIS to its dealers for such parts as are proven to be defective, and which are returned to TAIS through one of its
authorized dealers within the warranty period and no later than thirty (30) days after such malfunction, whichever
first occurs.
Under no circumstances will the retail customer or any user or dealer or other person be entitled to any direct, special,
indirect, consequential, or exemplary damages, for breach of contract, tort, or otherwise. Under no circumstances will
any such person be entitled to any sum greater than the purchase price paid for the item of equipment that is
malfunctioning.
To obtain service under this warranty, the retail customer must bring the malfunction of the machine to the attention
of one of TAIS' authorized dealers within the twenty-four (24) month period and no later than thirty (30) days after
such malfunction, whichever first occurs. Failure to bring the malfunction to the attention of an authorized TAIS
dealer within the prescribed time results in the customer being not entitled to warranty service.
THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES FROM EITHER TOSHIBA AMERICA INFORMATION SYSTEMS,
INC., OR TOSHIBA CORPORATION WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE FACE OF THIS WARRANTY. ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND FITNESS FOR USE, ARE
EXCLUDED.
No TAIS dealer and no person other than an officer of TAIS may extend or modify this warranty. No such
modification or extension is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the vice president and general manager,
Digital Solutions Division.

Contents
Chapter 12 Peripheral Installation
xii
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Introduction
This manual provides detailed step-by-step instructions for installing and maintaining the Strata
CTX100-S, CTX100 and CTX670 digital business telephone systems. It is intended for qualified
service technicians and system programmers.
Use this manual in conjunction with the Strata CTX Programming Manual which covers the
programs related to the Strata CTX28, CTX100-S, CTX100 and CTX670 systems discussed in this
book.
Organization
This manual is organized into these sections/chapters for your convenience:
·
Chapter 1 Strata CTX Configuration explains how to configure a Strata CTX28, CTX100-
S, CTX100 or CTX670 system. It also provides worksheets for determining hardware and
station equipment placement and requirements.
·
Chapter 2 CTX28 Installation covers site requirements, input power requirements, cable
lengths/network requirements, and grounding requirements for the CTX28.
·
Chapter 3 CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation covers site requirements and Base and
Expansion cabinet installation for the CTX100-S and CTX100. Also includes input power
requirements, cable lengths/network requirements, and grounding requirements.
·
Chapter 4 Strata CTX670 Installation covers site requirements and Base and Expansion
cabinet installation for the Strata CTX670. Explains how to remove and replace cabinets on
installed systems. Also includes input power requirements, cable lengths/network
requirements, and grounding requirements.
·
Chapter 5 Rack Mount Installation provides installation instructions for the rack-
mountable Strata CTX670 Base and Expansion cabinets.
·
Chapter 6 PCB Installation provides procedures for Strata CTX system Printed Circuit
Boards (PCBs) for installation into universal slots. Includes installation instructions, optional
configuration information, and wiring and programming considerations for each PCB.
·
Chapter 7 ISDN Interfaces contains an overview of the ISDN hardware with specific
information on the ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) and Basic Rate Interfaces (BRI). It
includes instructions for installation, hardware requirements, wiring requirements, and some
programming considerations.
·
Chapter 8 T1 provides information on T1/DS-1 interfacing for the Strata CTX.
·
Chapter 9 IPT provides installation and hardware information for the IP telephone interface
PCB (BIPU-Mxx), the IP telephone (IPT1020-SD) and the add-on module (DADM3120).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
xiii

Introduction
Conventions
·
Chapter 10 MDF PCB Wiring contains point-to-point wiring diagrams for connection of
telephones, lines, peripheral equipment, and power supplies to the Strata CTX systems.
·
Chapter 11 Station Apparatus provides instructions on how to connect telephones to the
Strata CTX systems and how to configure and upgrade them for optional features. Procedures
for installing direct station selection consoles, PC and conventional attendant consoles, and
door phones also appear.
·
Chapter 12 Peripheral Installation provides connection procedures for optional peripheral
equipment to Strata CTX systems. The instructions include hardware requirements, PCB
configuration, interconnection/wiring requirements, and programming considerations.
·
Index
Conventions
Conventions
Description
Elaborates specific items or references other information. Within
Note
some tables, general notes apply to the entire table and numbered
notes apply to specific items.
Important!
Calls attention to important instructions or information.
Advises you that hardware, software applications, or data
CAUTION!
could be damaged if the instructions are not followed closely.
Alerts you when the given task could cause personal injury or
WARNING!
death.
Represents any Directory Number button, also known as an
[DN]
extension or intercom number.
Represents any Primary Directory Number button (the extension
[PDN]
number for the telephone).
Represents any Secondary appearance of a PDN. A PDN which
[SDN]
appears on another telephone is considered an SDN.
Represents any Phantom Directory Number button (an additional
[PhDN]
DN).
$ULDO %ROG
Represents telephone buttons.
Courier
Shows a computer keyboard entry or screen display.
"Type"
Indicates entry of a string of text.
Indicates entry of a single key. For example: Type prog then
"Press"
press Enter.
Shows a multiple PC keyboard or phone button entry. Entries
without spaces between them show a simultaneous entry.
Plus (+)
Example: Esc+Enter. Entries with spaces between them show a
sequential entry. Example: # + 5.
xiv
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Introduction
Related Documents/Media
Conventions
Description
Tilde (~)
Means "through." Example: 350 ~ 640 Hz frequency range.
³
Denotes the step in a one-step procedure.
³
Denotes a procedure.
Start > Settings > Printers
Denotes a progression of buttons and/or menu options on the
screen you should select.
Grey words within the printed text denote cross-references. In the
See Figure 10
electronic version of this document (Library CD-ROM or FYI
Internet download), cross-references appear in blue hypertext.
Related Documents/Media
Note Some documents listed here may appear in different versions on the CD-ROM or in print.
To find the most current version, check the version/date in the Publication Information on
the back of the document's title page.
General Description
·
Strata CTX General Description
Programming Manual
·
Strata CTX Programming Manual
User Guides
·
Strata CTX DKT/IPT Telephone
·
Strata CTX DKT3001/2001 Digital Single Line Telephone
·
Strata CTX Standard Telephone
·
Strata CTX DKT2204-CT/DKT2304-CT Cordless Telephone
Quick Reference Guides
·
Strata CTX DKT/IPT Telephone
CD-ROMs
·
Strata CTX WinAdmin Application Software and CTX/DK/Partner Products Documentation
Library
·
Strata CTX Call Center Solutions Application Software and Documentation Library (includes
Strata CTX ACD software and documentation, Net Server software and documentation, and
Voice Assistant software and documentation)
·
OAISYS (includes software and documentation for OAISYS Chat, Call Router, and
Net Phone)
For authorized users, Internet site FYI (http://fyi.tsd.toshiba.com) contains all current Strata CTX
documentation and enables you to view, print and download current publications.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
xv

Introduction
Related Documents/Media
xvi
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
1
CTX28
Ins
talla
tion
This chapter explains how to install the Strata CTX28 system. It includes information on site
requirements, wiring diagrams, and step-by-step instructions on how to install the unit(s), the
ground wiring, AC power cabling, reserve power (battery backup) cabling, and Printed Circuit
Board (PCB) cabling.
Inspection
1. When the system is received, examine all packages carefully and note any visible damage. If
any damage is found, do not open the packages. Contact the delivery carrier immediately and
make the proper claims.
2. After unpacking (and before installing), check the system against the packing list and inspect
all equipment for damage. If equipment is missing or damaged, contact your supplier
immediately.
3. Be sure to retain original packaging materials for re-use when storing or transporting system
hardware.
Packaging and Storage
CAUTION! When handling (installing, removing, examining) PCBs, do not touch the
back (soldered) side or edge connector. Always hold the PCB by its edges.
³ When packaging and storing the system, remove PCBs from the system cabinet. PCBs should
be packaged in their original antistatic bags for protection against electrostatic discharge. Be
sure to package equipment in its original shipping containers.
CTX28 FCC/ACTA Registration Numbers
·
ACTA/FCC Part 68 Registration for Key System Code (KD): CJ6KD03BDTCHS28
·
ACTA/FCC Part 68 Registration for Multifunction Code (MF): CJ6MF03BDTCHS28
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-1

CTX28 Installation
Site Requirements
Site Requirements
This section defines the installation site requirements necessary to ensure a proper operating
environment for the CTX28. Also included are grounding requirements.
Input Power
The system requires an input power source of 115VAC ± 10VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.5 amps. The AC
outlet is recommended to be dedicated and unswitched. (See "AC Power and Grounding
Requirements" on page 1-4.)
This eliminates interference from branch circuit motor noise or the like, and to prevent accidental
power-off. To avoid accidental power turn-off, Toshiba recommends that you do not use an On/Off
wall switch on this dedicated AC circuit.
For the Strata CTX28, a reserve power source (HPFB-6) may be connected to the system to serve
as a power failure backup (See Step 8 on page 1-18).
Clearance and Location
The minimum clearance requirements for the
Strata CTX28 Base cabinet is shown in
Top View
Figure 1-1. Refer to Figure 1-5 on page 1-7 for
3.5"
CTX28 KSU mounting instructions.
Wall
Consider the following conditions when selecting
a location for the KSU(s):
The location must be:
3 Feet
·
Dry and clean
·
Well ventilated
Front View
·
Well illuminated
·
Easily accessible
2"
12.25"
2"
2"
The location must not be:
CTX28
·
Subject to extreme heat or cold
Base KSU
·
Subject to corrosive fumes, dust, or other
18"
airborne contaminants
·
Subject to excessive vibration
·
Next to television, radio, office automation, or
7062
2"
high frequency equipment
If reserve power (HPFB-6) is to be installed for
the Strata CTX28, the batteries will require a
Figure 1-1
CTX28 Base KSU Clearance
well-ventilated location close to the CHSU28A.
Requirements
1-2
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Site Requirements
Table 1-1 provides a summary of the electrical and environmental characteristics.
CTX28
Table 1-1
Summary of Electrical/Environmental Characteristics
Ins
CTX28 Primary Power
Input AC (Power Supply Specification)
100~240VAC
talla
AC frequency
50/60 Hz
tion
Power
CTX28 - 100 watts maximum
AC input current
1.5A maximum
Environmental Specifications
Operating temperature
32~104° F (0 ~40° C)
Operating humidity
20~80% relative humidity without condensation
Storage temperature
-4~140° F (-20~60° C)
Power
Input DC
15V to use the factory-shipped AC adapter
Power Converter
-24VDC (-26.3~-28.3VDC)
DC voltage output specification
+5VDC (+4.5~+5.5VDC)
Standard Telephone Ring Circuit (GMAU and GSTU)
Ring Voltage
180V p-p square wave
Ringing capability
1 REN, 1 circuit - one telephone per circuit
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-3

CTX28 Installation
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
The CTX28 requires a solid earth ground for proper operation. The AC power cord connects to a
standard AC power outlet. The ground for the CTX28 must originate at the building's main power
distribution panel and have a solid connection to earth ground. (See Figure 1-2.)
CTX28 Cabinet
TB2
TB3 on GMAU
P10 Wire Connector
to HPFBG Battery Connector
TB1 to HPFB6 FG
Dealer-supplied wire
(#10 AWG Wire)
(#10 AWG gauge or
larger to pass ground
AC Adapter Cord
specification test)
plugs into GMAS
Grounding Rod
or
Electrical Building
Ground (Main Power
Distribution Box)
7126
AC Voltage
90VAC ± 264VAC
AC Current
1.5 amps max.
Figure 1-2
Ground to AC Power Cord
CAUTION! Lack of proper ground may cause improper operation and, in extreme cases,
system failure.
WARNING!
Failure to provide a proper ground may be a safety hazard to service
personnel or lead to confusing trouble symptoms, such as noise on the talk
path including GVMU greetings and messages. In extreme cases, system
failure may result because the system is not properly protected from
lightning or power transients.
1-4
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
AC Power Ground Test
CTX28
Test the "wire ground" for continuity by either measuring the resistance between the TB3 terminal
(earth ground) on the GMAU and a metal cold water pipe (maximum: 1 ohm), or by using a
Ins
commercially available earth ground indicator. If neither procedure is possible, perform the
talla
following earth ground test procedure.
tion
WARNING!
Hazardous voltages that may cause death or injury are exposed during the
following test. Use great care when working with AC power line voltage.
³ To perform the earth ground test procedure
1. Obtain a suitable voltmeter, and set it for a possible reading of up to 250VAC.
2. Connect the meter probes between the two main AC voltage terminals (white and black wires)
on the wall outlet. The reading obtained should be between 100~125VAC.
3. Move one of the meter probes to TB3 terminal (green wire ground). Either the same reading or
a reading of zero volts should be obtained.
4. If the reading is zero volts, leave one probe on the ground terminal and move the other probe to
the second voltage terminal.
CAUTION! If a reading of zero volts is obtained on both voltage terminals (white wire to
TB3 wire, black wire to TB3 wire), the outlet is not properly grounded. Omit
Steps 5 and 6, and see following CAUTION!
5. If a reading of zero volts on one terminal, and a reading of 100~125VAC on the other terminal
is obtained, remove both probes from the outlet.
6. Set the meter to the "OHMS/Rx1" scale. Place one probe on the TB3 ground terminal, and the
other probe on the terminal that produced a reading of zero volts. The reading should be less
than one ohm.
CAUTION! If the reading is more than one ohm, then the outlet is not adequately
grounded. If the above tests show the outlet AC voltage is not in range or is
not properly grounded, the condition should be corrected (per Article 250 of
the National Electrical Code) by a qualified electrician before the system is
connected.

Table 1-2
Grounding Wiring Summary
Grounding Requirement
From
To
Description
System connects to earth ground
Earth ground
TB3 on GMAU
FG of HPFB-6 connect to GMAU
HPFB-6 FG Screw
TB1 on GMAU
HPFB-6 Ground Feed
TB1 on GMAU
TB3 on GMAU
Less than 1 ohm
GETS connects green ground wire to
GETS ground wire
TB2 on GMAU
GMAU
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-5

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Check the items shipped.
·
CHSU28A cabinet
·
GCTU1A processor PCB
·
AC adapter
·
Tie wrap for cable clamp
·
Tie wrap for AC adapter
·
Velcro strap for AC adapter cord
Step 1: Mount the Cabinet on the Wall
The Base cabinet is designed to be mounted on a wall or other vertical surface.
WARNING!
To prevent electrical shock, make sure the power supply switch is turned Off.
³ To mount the Base KSU
1. Make sure the location for the CTX28 meets the minimum clearance requirements specified in
Figure 1-1 on page 1-2.
2. Loosen the screws on the front cover and the side cover of the Base KSU, remove the covers
(see Figure 1-3).
Cover
Screws (6)
DC Power LED
Base Cover
Side Cover
= Six cover screws
to be removed
before mounting
Model: CHSU28A
KSU
Strata CTX28
Label on edge of
Base KSU
7125a
Figure 1-3
CTX28 Cabinet Exterior
1-6
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
3. Place the Base KSU on the desired
CTX28
location on the mounting surface and
mark the location of the four screw
holes. See Figures 1-4 and 1-5.
Ins
4. Using a hard board between the KSU
talla
and the wall, secure the hard board to
tion
the wall first, making certain that screws
are aligned with studs. See Figure 1-5.
5. Drill holes on these marks and secure
screws approximately two thirds of the
way into the top two holes on the
mounting surface.
6. Hang the unit from the top two screws
and then secure the top screws
completely into the mounting surface.
7. Finish securing the unit to the mounting
surface by completely screwing the
bottom two screws into the wall.
7104
Figure 1-4
CTX28 Base KSU Interior
Method 2
Plaster
Stud
Board
Hard Board
(1/2 Inch Plywood)
Base KSU
7114
Figure 1-5
KSU Wall Mounting

8. Ground system according to "AC Power and Grounding Requirements" on page 1-4.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-7

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
PCB Installation
Overview Instructions
The following is an overview for installing the Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) into the Strata
CTX28. After reading this section, proceed to the step-by-step instructions for each PCB.
1. Apply proper settings on the GMAU1A (motherboard Figure 1-7).
2. If applicable, set SW6 battery jumper to ON and install the GVMU1A Voice Mail card
(Figures 1-8 and 1-9).
3. Set P601 battery jumper to ON and install the GCTU1A (processor Figures 1-6 and 1-10).
4. If applicable, install the GCDU1A (3 CO, 3 CLID and 8 DKT circuits Figure 1-11).
5. If applicable, install GSTU1A (standard telephone interface Figure 1-12).
6. If applicable, install the GETS1A 100Base-TX I/F PCB (Figure 1-13).
7. If applicable, install the BSIS1A for SMDR (Figure 1-6).
8. If applicable, install HPFB-6 battery/charger (Figure 1-14).
9. Connect wiring (Table 1-14).
10.Connect AC Adaptor to P2 of the CTX28 sub-motherboard (GMAS, Figures 1-15 and 1-16)
and plug the AC Adaptor into AC power.
11. Turn the System ON by sliding the SW1 ON/OFF switch down. The ON/OFF LED located by
STANDBY will turn on (Figure 1-15).
PCB Descriptions
This describes the CTX28 cabinet PCBs (see Table 1-3 and Figure 1-6.)
Table 1-3
CTX28 (CHSU28) Cabinet circuit cards
Part
Title
Description
GMAU1A
Main Motherboard
The GMAU motherboard supports 3 CO lines, 3 CLIDs,
8 Digital Telephones, 1 Standard Telephone. The
GMAS1A
Sub-motherboard
GCTU, GVMU, and AC power adaptor plugs into the
GMAS sub-motherboard dedicated slots.
GCTU1A
Processor
Shipped with cabinet.
GVMU1A
Voice Mail Circuit Card
(Optional) Voice Mail.
CO, CLID, DKT circuit
(Optional) Supports 3 CO lines, 3 CLIDs, 8 Digital
GCDU1A
card
Telephones. The GCDU1A plugs onto the motherboard.
Standard Telephone
GSTU1A
(Optional) Provides 1 Standard Telephone port.
Circuit Card
GETS1A
100BaseT I/F
(Optional) Ethernet 100Base T cable.(optional)
BSIS1A
RS232C
(Optional) RS232-C. Provides 4 serial I/O ports.
HPFB6
External Battery
(Optional) Provides backup Reserve power.
1-8
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
CTX28
Ins
talla
BSIS (RS232-C)
tion
SmartMedia Card
GCTU (Processor)
GVMU (Voice Mail)
installs beneath the GCTU
GETS (100Base TX)
GSTU (Standard Telephone)
GMAU (Main Motherboard)
GCDU
(CO, CLID, DKT)
7108
Figure 1-6
CTX28 Interior with PCBs
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-9

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 1: Set Jumpers on the GMAU1A (Motherboard)
The GMAU1A (shown in Figure 1-7) supports up to 6 CO lines with Caller ID (CLID).
P5
SW1
P6
SW1
ON
STANDBY
ON/OFF
P8
(Standby)
P7
P4
TB2
CO1
TB3
CO2
CO3
SW400
(3db/0DB)
SW500
(3db/0DB)
SW600
(3db/0DB)
7113
Figure 1-7
GMAU PCB
Table 1-4
GMAU Controls, Switches and Indicators
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
Power Switch:
[STANDBY] = no DC power supply.
SW1
2-position slide switch
[ON] = DC voltage supplied. [ON] activates the
reserve power from HPFB-6 battery pack.
SW400
SW500
2-position slide switch
3dB Pad switch
SW600
Power indicator; when SW1 is [ON], turned on.
CD6
LED
Red both AC power and 3Reserve power. SW1
is [STANDBY], turned off.
TB1
Plate with screw
Grounding for HPFB-6 external battery
TB2
Plate with screw
Grounding for GETS Ethernet card
Grounding for CTX28 system, connect to earth
TB3
Plate with screw
ground
50-pin Amphenol
P1
DKT, SLT and Power Failure Transfer interface
connector
P3
44-pin DIN connector
GMAS interface
1-10
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Table 1-4
GMAU Controls, Switches and Indicators (continued)
CTX28
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
P4
16-pin female connector
Ins
P5
13-pin female connector
GCDU DKT and loop start interface
talla
P6
10-pin female connector
tion
P7
13-pin female connector
GSTU standard telephone interface
P8
10-pin female connector
P9
6-pin female connector
GCDU interface
P10
3-pin connector
HPFB-6 external battery interface
P11
3-pin female connector
GSTU standard telephone interface
P400
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO1)
P500
Modular connector
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO2)
P600
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO3)
F1
2.0A Fuse
-24VDC Over current protection
Table 1-5
GMAS (Sub-motherboard)
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
P1
44-pin DIN male connector
GMAU interface
P2
Pin Jack
DC-IN (DC15V) jack
J1
44-pin DIN female connector
GVMU interface
J2
44-pin DIN female connector
GCTU interface
J3
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-11

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 2: Install the GVMU1A Voice Mail PCB (optional)
1. In the CTX28 cabinet, remove the two screws and the PCB stopper (Figure 1-8).
2. On the GVMU, set the SW6 battery jumper to ON and set the Greeting language switch
(Figure 1-9). Default language is "English." See Table 1-6 for other language settings.
3. Turn off system power and if GCTU is installed remove GCTU before installing the GVMU.
4. Install the GVMU into the lower slot of the GMAS (sub-motherboard) (see Figure 1-8).
5. Install the GCTU per Step 3 and turn system power ON.
Note To program GVMU, refer to Strata CTX28 Voice Processing Programming Manual and use
XADM4 Admin software. The GVMU requires a dealer supplied external modem for
remote maintenance.
³ To re-initialize GVMU to default data after it has been in use (see CAUTION! below)
1. Turn off CTX28 system power and uninstall GCTU and GVMU.
2. Remove the GVMU battery jumper for two minutes.
3. Place the GVMU battery jumper back to the ON position, then install the GVMU and GCTU.
4. Turn system power back on.
CAUTION! Initializing GVMU to default data will erase all Names, Security codes and
saved Messages.
Table 1-6
English/French Greetings Settings on the GVMU1A
Jumper
English
French
English to French
French to English
SW2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
SW3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW2/SW3
Select language options for Mail box 990, 991, 983 and 411 prompts
Jumper
Admin PC
Real Time Debug Monitor
SW4
OFF (default)
ON (used for debug information, i.e., log and trace data by TTY.
SW5
Not used.
SW6
Battery Jumper must be in ON position
GVMU
PCB Stopper
GCTU
GVMU
7252
7162
Figure 1-8
GVMU/GCTU PCB Stopper
1-12
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
7395
CTX28
Ins
talla
tion
Status LED
VM Port LEDS
(Ch1 ~ Ch4)
Busy/Idle
RS232C
Maintenance
Jack
Note: For details, see
GVMU Admin PC
Connections later in
SW6 - Battery Jumper
SW2 - Language Jumper
this chapter.
SW3 - Language Jumper
SW4 - Admin PC/Debug Monit
SW5 - Not Used
Figure 1-9
Close Up of PCB Stopper for GCTU and GVMU
Table 1-7
LED Indicators on the GVMU1A
GVMU1A LEDs
Indication/ State
Ch1
Ch2
Ch3
Ch4
Status
Power On
All LEDs turn ON (Red), then all LEDs turn OFF and cycle ON/OFF through all ports
(Initialize Sequence*)
for one to two minutes while initializing and then all LEDs turn off.
Normal
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Blinking
(Busy/Idle)
ON = Busy; OFF = Idle
Failure
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
Blinking
OFF
Shut Down
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Back Up/Restore
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
No 1.8V input Voltage
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
in GVMU
Not mounted/defective
Light flickers and switches from the LED to LED (from Ch1~Ch4) + Status LED
* The initialize sequence operates each time the CTX28 power is cycled off/on or the CTX28 processor is reset
or initialized GVMU program data remains saved. However, if the GVMU battery jumper is removed, GVMU
program data and saved messages will be erased.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-13

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 3: Install the GCTU1A (Processor)
The GCTU1A is the main processor for the CTX28. It is shipped with the CTX28 Base cabinet.
³ To install the GCTU1A into the CTX28
1. Skip this step if you have installed a Voice Mail PCB and already removed the PCB stopper. If
you have not done this, then in the CTX28 cabinet, remove the two screws and the PCB stopper
(see Figure 1-8).
2. Set the P601 battery jumper to ON (see Figure 1-10) and insert the GCTU1A (shipped with the
cabinet) in the upper slot of the GMAS sub-motherboard (see Figure 1-6). Place it next to the
guide rail of the PCB stopper (see Figure 1-8).
3. Secure the PCB stopper with the original two screws.
4. Insert the SmartMedia card (gold contacts face left, notched corner faces forward and up) into
the SmartMedia slot on the GCTU1A (see Figure 1-6).
SmartMedia LED
Heart Beat LED
OFF
ON
P601 Battery
TT
BA
SmartMedia Slot
P2 (for BSIS)
P903
DC Power On/Off LED
P1 (for GETS)
P902
MOH
External Speaker
P901 Control Relay Contact
7264
Figure 1-10 GCTU PCB
1-14
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
CTX28
Table 1-8
GCTU
Ins
Control/Indicator/
Type of Component
Description
Connector
talla
P1
60 pin connector
GETS Interface
tion
P2
60 pin connector
BSIS Interface
P501
SmartMedia house
SmartMedia interface
Must always be in the "ON" position to maintain
P601
Jumper plug
customer data
P801
RCA Jack
Paging interface and BGM/MOH interface
P901
2 pin screw terminal
Relay contact
44-pin male DIN
P902
CTX28 Back plane connector
connector
44-pin male DIN
P903
CTX28 Back plane connector
connector
CD101
LED
Processor operation indication
CD501
LED
SmartMedia access indicator
Green DC power indicator for CTX28 system. Shown
CD908
LED
on front cover (see Figure 1-3).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-15

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 4: Install the GCDU1A (DKT and Loop Start Interface)
The GCDU1A PCB adds an additional 3 CO lines, 3 Caller ID units, and 8 digital telephone
circuits with a single PCB. It attaches to the GMAU1A motherboard. With the GCDU1A installed,
the CTX28 supports up to 16 digital telephones (DKTs), 6 CO lines and 6 Caller ID circuits.
³ To install the GCDU1A
³ Carefully place the GCDU1A pins over the GMAU connectors (see Figure 1-6 and Figure
1-11). Press down on the PCB to secure the pins to the connectors (see Table 1-9).
SW600
SW500
SW400
CO4
CO5
CO6
7260
Figure 1-11 GCDU1A PCB
Table 1-9
GCDU1A Controls, Indicators and Connectors
Control/Indicator/
Type of Component
Description
Connector
SW400
SW500
2-position slide switch
3dB Pad switch
SW600
P4
16-pin male connector
P5
12-pin male connector
GMAU interface
P6
9-pin male connector
P9
6-pin male connector
P400
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO4)
P500
Modular connector
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO5)
P600
Interface for CO Line circuit (CO6)
1-16
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 5: Install the GSTU1A
CTX28
The GSTU1A provides one additional standard telephone interface.
Ins
³ To install the GSTU1A, align the GSTU1A pins over the GMAU1A motherboard and press
down firmly (see Figure 1-6).
talla
tion
7259
Figure 1-12 GSTU1A PCB
Table 1-10
GSTU1A Controls, Indicators, and Connectors
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
P7
12-pin male connector
P8
9-pin male connector
GMAU interface
P11
3-pin male connector
Step 6: Install the GETS1A
The GETS1A supports 100Base TX Ethernet.
³ To install the GETS1A
1. Place option PCB arrow side up over the plastic stand-off with the connectors and stand-off
holes on the GCTU1A. The "UP" arrow should point down. Snap GETS1A securely into place.
2. Attach the FG ring to TB2 on the GMAU1A motherboard with the screw shown in Figures 1-2
and 1-13.
To TB2 On GMAU
FG Green Wire
Ethernet Plug
7261a
Figure 1-13 GETS (100Base TX)
Table 1-11
GETS (100Base TX)
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
CD1
LED
LAN link indicator
CD2
LED
Transmission and receive indicator
P1
60 pin connector
GCTU interface
P2
RJ45
Network interface port
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-17

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Step 7: Install the BSIS1A (optional)
The BSIS provides RS-232 serial ports.
³ To install the BSIS1A, align the BSIS1A pins over the GCTU1A and press down firmly (see
Figure 1-6).
Step 8: Install the HPFB-6 (Reserve Power Battery/Charger)
One or two HPFB-6 optional units can be added to the CTX28 to provide reserve power. The
amount of reserve power time depends on the hardware (see Table 1-12). The table below is an
estimate of battery backup time based on the premise that the HPFB-6 unit(s) are fully charged at
the time of AC power failure. This estimated backup time is based on low call traffic, the time
estimates will be reduced by as much as half with extreme heavy traffic volumes.
Table 1-12
CTX28 Reserve Power Duration Estimates
Hardware
1 HPFB-6
2 HPFB-6
3CO/8DKT - No GVMU
1 hr. 40 min.
3 hr. 20 min.
3CO/8DKT - with GVMU
1 hr. 30 min
3 hr.
6CO/16DKT - No GVMU
1 hr. 5 min.
2 hr. 10 min.
6CO/16DKT - with GVMU
1 hr.
2 hr.
1. Place the HPFB-6 directly below the Strata CTX28 KSU. See Figure 1-14 for minimum
clearance requirements. A second HPFB-6 can be installed directly below the unit to supply
backup reserve power.
2. Mark the location of the two screw holes, then drill holes.
3. Screw the two screws two-thirds into the mounting surface.
4. Hang the HPFB-6 on the screws then tighten the screws into the mounting surface.
5. Plug the first HPFB-6 connector into BATT connector P10 on GMAU.
6. Connect a #10 ground AWG wire from the HPFB-6 "FG" screw to the CTX28 screw labeled
"TB1" (Figure 1-2).
Note The CTX28 should be plugged into AC power and the DC power switch should be turned
On when installing the HPFU-6. The HPFU-6 will not start to operate if AC power is not
available during the initial installation.
7. The 24VDC LED on the HPFB-6 should light. If it does not light, press the battery Off switch
with a pencil point or other small-tipped object.
8. Dress and tie-wrap the HPFB-6 cables.
9. To mount a second HPFB-6, repeat Steps 1~4, then plug the second HPFB-6 connector in the
first HPFB-6 and connect an FG wire between each HPFB-6 FG screw.
10. To test the HPFB-6, remove the CTX28 AC plug from the AC outlet. The CTX28 AC LED will
go out, but the CTX28 DC LED remains on. Also the system remains in normal working order
and the HPFB-6 24V LED remains on.
11. If it is desired to turn off the HPFB-6 (after loss of AC power), use a pencil or other sharp
object to press the Battery Off switch.
CAUTION!
Once the HPFB-6 is turned Off or unplugged (during AC power loss) it will not
operate again until AC power is restored to the CTX28 KSU.
1-18
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
Note The CTX28 KSU does not provide a battery charger, the HPFB-6 contains built-in
CTX28
batteries and a battery charger; therefore, do not connect any other type of batteries to
the CTX28.
Ins

talla
tion
To P10 Connector (see Fig. 1-2)
2"
#10 AWG HPFB
FG Wire to TB1
(see Fig. 1-2)
HPFB Unit:
Reserve Power Battery
and Charger (optional)
7253
From Second HPFB (optional)
2"
2"
2"
Figure 1-14 HPFB-6 Reserve Power Installation
Step 9: Install Wiring
1. Refer to Figure 1-15 for the following steps. Loosen the screw on the Amphenol clamp and
remove the clamp. Plug in the 25-pair Amphenol connector and replace the clamp to hold the
Amphenol connector in place.
2. Connect all other PCB wiring (e.g., modular CO line cords, LAN cable, etc.). Slide the shorter
tie-wrap through the holder. Then fasten wiring to the unit with the tie wrap that comes with the
Base KSU.
3. Connect the end of the AC adapter cable to the GMAS PCB as shown in Figures 1-15 an d 1-16.
4. Connect the other end of the GETS (100Base TX) LAN cable to the LAN connected to the
CTX WinAdmin PC.
5. Plug the AC adapter into a power strip connected to an power outlet.
6. Put the On/Standby switch into "On" position. The DC LED should light green. The CTX28 is
now ready to program.
WARNING!
Do not smoke near batteries. Avoid creating any electrical sparks near
batteries.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-19

CTX28 Installation
Installing the CTX28 Cabinet
BSIS
(4 RS-232C)
P10 (to HPFB
100 Base TX
Battery Cord)
Music On Hold
(MOH)
TB1 (to HPFB FG)
External Speaker
(Paging)
SW1
ON
STANDBY
CO, CLID,
DKT
SW1
ON/OFF
(Standby)
Amphenol
Connector
secured
under clamp
Tie Wrap
(supplied)
Tie Wrap
(supplied)
AC Adapter
7158
Figure 1-15 Standard Unit Wiring (without option units) and AC Adapter
1-20
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
Digital Telephone Connection
CTX28
Ins
talla
tion
1
2
3
4
7257
Figure 1-16 AC Adapter Wiring Procedure
Digital Telephone Connection
The Strata CTX28 supports any
Toshiba 2000 and 3000-series
digital telephones, including the
new DKT3007-SD telephone
(shown right).
The DKT3007-SD only works on
the CTX28.
The DKT3007-SD works just like
the DKT3020-SD and DKT3010-
SD, except that it has seven
flexible buttons.
The CTX28 supports all
DKT2000 and DKT3000-series
Add-on Modules and DSS
Consoles.
CTX28 supports Handset Off-
hook Call Announce (OCA), but
not Speaker OCA.
Figure 1-17
DKT3007-SD Telephone
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-21

CTX28 Installation
Loop Limits
Loop Limits
This section provides the maximum loop lengths for connection of telephones, lines, peripheral
equipment, and power supplies. The following information applies to only the Strata CTX28
system (see Table 1-13). Diagrams that are applicable to all systems, including the CTX28, can be
found in Chapter 10 MDF PCB Wiring.
Table 1-13
Digital Telephone/DIU/DDSS Console/ADM/Loop Limits
Maximum line length (24 AWG)
CTX28 KSU or
Mode
Battery Backup1
1 Pair
1 Pair plus
feet meters
external power2
DKT3000-series or DKT2000-series
CTX28 KSU
1000
303
models, DKT with BVSU or DVSU or
BHEU or HHEU.
Battery Backup
695
204
CTX28 KSU
1000
303
DKT with BPCI
Battery Backup
500
151
CTX28 KSU
1000
303
DKT with BPCI and BHEU
Battery Backup
500
151
1000 feet
CTX28 KSU
1000
303
DDSS3060 or 2060
303 meters
Battery Backup
675
204
CTX28 KSU
165
50
DDCB3A
Battery Backup
500
151
CTX28 KSU
1000
303
BATI, RATI
Battery Backup
1000
303
CTX28 KSU
675
204
DKT with 1 ADM
Battery Backup
165
50
CTX28 KSU
500
151
DKT with 2 ADMs
Battery Backup
33
10
1. Battery backup applies to instances when the system is being powered by batteries exclusively.
2. Digital cable runs must not have the following:
Cable splits (single or double)
Cable bridges (of any length)
High resistance or faulty cable splices
1-22
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
CTX28 Secondary Protection
CTX28 Secondary Protection
CTX28
The following diagram (see Figure 1-18) shows where secondary protectors must be installed for
outside wiring.
Ins
Building #1
Building #2
talla
tion
HESB
GMAU
Standard
GSTU
Telephone
DDSS
Digital Telephone
Console
GMAU
GCDU
Digital Telephone
or Cordless Base
MDFB
DDCB
MDFB
GMAU
Loop CO Line
GDCU
7255
Secondary protectors standard voltage
Secondary protectors low voltage
(Earth Ground)
Figure 1-18 CTX28 Secondary Protector Diagram
Important!
To protect against transient voltages and currents, solid state secondary protectors
must be installed if there is outside wiring. These protectors, which contain fast
semiconductors in addition to fuses, shall comply with the requirements for
secondary protectors for communication circuits, UL 497A. Care must be taken to
ensure that they are very well grounded to a reliable earth ground. Recommended
protectors are available in the fast Series 6 line from ONEAC Corp., Libertyville,
Illinois 60048, (800) 327-8801. Install and test the secondary protectors precisely to
the installation instructions of these manufacturer.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-23

CTX28 Installation
MDF Wiring
MDF Wiring
For Registration information refer to "CTX28 FCC/ACTA Registration Numbers" on page 1-1.
Table 1-14
Station Wiring for Amphenol Connector (P1) on GMAU1
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
Station
1
VR1
26
VT1
DKT #1
2
VR2
27
VT2
DKT #2
3
VR3
28
VT3
DKT #3
4
VR4
29
VT4
DKT #4
5
VR5
30
VT5
DKT #5
6
VR6
31
VT6
DKT #6
7
VR7
32
VT7
DKT #7
8
VR8
33
VT8
DKT #8
9
VR9
34
VT9
DKT #9
10
VR10
35
VT10
DKT #10
11
VR11
36
VT11
DKT #11
12
VR12
37
VT12
DKT #12
13
VR13
38
VT13
DKT #13
14
VR14
39
VT14
DKT #14
15
VR15
40
VT15
DKT #15
16
VR16
41
VT16
DKT #16
17
(NC)
42
(NC)
18
PF1R
43
PF1T
PFT circuit*
19
(NC)
44
(NC)
20
(NC)
45
(NC)
21
(NC)
46
(NC)
22
(NC)
47
(NC)
23
CR1
48
CT1
STU #1
24
(NC)
49
(NC)
25
CR2
50
CT2
STU #2
* Connect a Standard Telephone to PFT pair to provide access to CO Line1 during a power failure.
TO
CO LINE CABLING
NETWORK
BRIDGING
CLIPS
T1
T1
1
1
R1
R1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
R
GN
6
6
R1
T1
7
7
8
8
BK
Y
9
9
10
10
W
BL
11
11
12
12
GMAU
13
13
6 5 4 3 2 1
GCDU
14
14
15
15
2 3 4 5
48
48
MODULAR
CORD
49
49
6
50
50
5 R2
54
4 R1
66M150 SPLIT BLOCK
3
3 T1
2
1-6
2 T2
1
CO1~6
7262
NETWORK JACK: RJ14C
GMAU
MODULAR
FIC: 02LS2
GCDU
JACKS
PIN-OUT
Figure 1-19 MDF Wiring to CO Lines (GMAU and GCDU)
1-24
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

CTX28 Installation
GVMU Administration PC Connections
GVMU Administration PC Connections
CTX28
Ins
talla
tion
Strata CTX28
6-wire Modular Cord - telephone
cross-pinned type (modular jack locking
tabs on the same side of the cord).
Toshiba PPTC or PPTC9
connectors to PC COM port
GVMU
RS232C Jack
7407
PC with GVMU XADM Software
Strata CTX28 Serial Port Modular Pins
1
RD
(Data from GVMU)
2
TD
(Data to GVMU)
3
DSR
(Data Set Ready from GVMU)
4
DTR
(Data Terminal Ready to GVMU)
5
CD
(Carrier Detect from GVMU)
6
SG
(CTX/Terminal Signal Ground)
GVMU RJ11
(Six-pin jack)
Figure 1-20
GVMU Serial Port Interface Connection
Strata CTX28
RS232C Maintenance
Dealer Supplied

Jack
CO Line
CO Line
Modem
Telephone
Ext.
GVMU
Network
Modem
7406
RS-232 Cable
3-Pair Modular Cord
Remote GVMU
(straight through - not crossed)
PC using
XADM software
DB25 Male to 3-pair Modular
Connector to Modem (Dealer supplied)
Note: See Figure 1-22 for details.
Figure 1-21
GVMU PC Modem Interface Connection
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
1-25

CTX28 Installation
GVMU Administration PC Connections
PPTC-9
RD
2
6
(female)
6
SG
TD
3
5
5
DCD
5 4 3 2 1
DSR
Connect to PC 9-pin
6
4
4
DTR
DTR
GVMU
4
3
COMX Port (DTE)
3
DSR
9 8 7 6
DCD
1
2
2
RS232C
TD
SG
5
1
1
RD
Maintenance Jack
DB9 Pinout
Modular Jack Pinout
(front view)
(front view)
GVMU Wiring to Modem
(Dealer supplied)
DB25 Adaptor (male)
GVMU1A J1
DB25 Modem (female)
Maintenance Jack
TD
2
1
RD
RD
3
2
TD
DTR
20
3
DSR
DCD
8
4
DTR
5
DCD
GND
7
6
GND
7405
Figure 1-22
Serial Port Adaptors Pin Numbers
1-26
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
2
This chapter contains information and worksheets to help configure the Strata CTX100-S,
C
CTX100 and CTX670 hardware components. A system overview of the Strata CTX100-S,
o
St
nfigu
r
CTX100 and Strata CTX670 hardware components and the maximum station and line capacities
ata
available with the system processor is provided.
C
ration TX
Worksheets follow this information to aid in determining the actual cabinets and interface PCBs

needed for particular proposals and how these PCBs should be placed in Strata CTX cabinet slots.
(Worksheets begin on page 2-22.)
Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Overview
The Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 systems are
compact systems, yet they provide large system
Base
Expansion
features (see Figure 2-1 and Table 2-1). It is
designed for wall mounting and occupies very
little space.
They are designed for wall mounting and
occupy very little space.
The CTX100 processor (ACTU2A) comes with
32 ports (licensed) and can grow to 112 ports
by adding 4-port licenses.
The CTX100-S processor (ACTU2A-S) comes
with 16 ports (licensed) and can grow to 32
ports by adding two eight-port licenses. Then, it
can grow to 112 ports with four-port licenses.
5976
Figure 2-1
CTX100-S /CTX100
Note The Strata CTX100-S and CTX100
Base/Expansion Cabinets
system capacities depend on the licenses
stored on the system processor and the hardware described in this chapter. See "CTX100-S/
CTX100 License Control" on page 2-4.
Important!
The Strata CTX100-S uses the same hardware and configuration as the Strata
CTX100, with a few exceptions. Whenever the CTX100 is mentioned in this book, it
applies to both the CTX100-S and CTX100, unless specified otherwise.
Each ACTU2 basic processor can be configured with a one or two cabinet system. A single (Base)
cabinet system supports a combination of up to 64 Central Office (CO) lines and stations, while a
two cabinet system (Base and Expansion) can support up to 112 CO lines and stations.
System line and station capacity is expanded by adding CO line and station Printed Circuit Boards
(PCBs) and port licenses into its universal slot architecture.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-1

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100-S and CTX100 Processors
The CTX100 easily connects to outside public and private telephone lines. All of the telephones
(stations) tied to the system can have direct access to each other, as well as to the public and
private network. All lines, stations, and options are tied together through the cabinets.
Table 2-1
CTX100-S / CTX100 Cabinet Specifications
Cabinet
Weight1
Height
Width
Depth
Base Cabinet (CHSUB112A)
19.4 lbs.
14.6 in.
11.9 in.
10.2 in.
Base + Expansion Cabinet (CHSUE112A)
34.6 lbs.
14.6 in.
19.9 in.
10.2 in.
1. Weight includes the processor PCB in the Base Cabinet and four universal PCBs in each cabinet.
CTX100-S and CTX100 Processors
Each system operates with one processor PCB (ACTU2A-S for CTX100-S, ACTU2A for
CTX100) that installs in a dedicated slot of the Base Cabinet. The processors incorporate the
following hardware features
CPU/Memory
Either processor PCB uses a high-speed, 32-bit, RISC processor, Dynamic Random Access
Memory (DRAM) working memory, Static Random Access Memory (SRAM) with lithium battery
for memory back-up, and flash program memory.
Large Scale Integrated (LSI) Circuits
The processors each have LSI circuits that support the following:
·
16 DTMF receiver hardware processor are built into the ACTU2. Five or more DTMF receivers
requires appropriate licenses. See "CTX100-S/CTX100 License Control" on page 2-4.
·
16 Busy Tone (BT) detector circuits for Auto Busy Redial (ABR) are built into the ACTU2.
·
64 built-in conference circuits (see Table 2-7 on page 2-12 for more information).
·
Built-in, adjustable, digital volume PAD technology enables audio volume to be adjusted in
eight steps to compensate for conference and/or CO line network losses.
Memory Protection Battery
If commercial AC power is lost or if a system is moved or stored without power, either processor
has an on-board battery that protects data and the customer's programmed configuration from
memory loss. This information will be maintained in a powerless system for at least six years.
Relay Control Interface
An on-board terminal strip provides an interface to a normally open relay contact which can be
programmed to control a Night Bell, door lock or to mute BGM during an external page.
External Page Interface
A 600 ohm RCA jack is built into the processor to interface with a Toshiba External Amplified
Speaker (HESB) or a customer-supplied page amplifier and speaker(s) for external paging, night
ring over external page, and external BGM applications.
2-2
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Cabinet Slots
Music-on-hold/Background Music Interface
A 600-ohm RCA jack and volume controls are built into the processor to interface with Music-on-
hold and/or Background Music (BGM) sources (one of the jacks is for future use). With the
CTX100, you can have up to 15 MOH/BGM source interfaces by adding:
·
Up to two BIOU PCBs, each provides three MOH/BGM input sources
·
An RSTU PCB that provides up to eight MOH/BGM input sources
·
An ASTU PCB provides one alternate BGM source
C
SmartMedia Memory
o
St
nfigu
ra
Each processor has an on-board SmartMediaTM memory card slot. A SmartMedia flash memory
ta
card can be inserted into the slot to backup and restore customer program data. It also makes it
C
ration T
easy to upload operating system data for software upgrades and is used for maintenance functions.
X
CTX100 Processor Optional Subassemblies
Optional subassemblies can be attached to the ACTU2A-S or ACTU2A processors to provide
additional features. The subassemblies are:
·
AMDS (Modem) Provides a 33.6Kbps/V.34 modem for point-to-point local or remote
connection to the CTX WinAdminTM administration PC.
·
BSIS (Serial Port Interface) Provides up to two RS-232 interface ports for SMDR interface
to Call Accounting devices, SMDI or Toshiba Proprietary interface to Voice Mail devices, and
two future applications.
CTX100 Cabinet Slots
Base Cabinet
The Base Cabinet has one dedicated slot used for the system processor PCB and four universal
slots (S101~S104), that can accommodate station, line or option PCBs. It also houses a power
supply that is packaged with the cabinet.
Expansion Cabinets
One expansion cabinet provides four universal PCB slots (S105~S108) that can accommodate
station, line or option PCBs. It also houses a power supply that is packaged with the cabinet.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-3

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100-S/CTX100 License Control
CTX100-S/CTX100 License Control
The system size and feature capability is controlled using a software License Key Code. This key
code is obtained from Toshiba Internet FYI during the ordering process and is installed onto the
system processor via Strata CTX WinAdmin. Processor license codes activate system hardware
capacities in the following increments.
·
The first 16 line/station ports on the CTX100-S do not require a license. The upgrade from 16
to 24 ports and from 24 to 32 ports requires the eight port upgrade LIC100S-8 PORTS license.
Each additional set of 4 line/station ports requires the four port upgrade LIC100-4 PORTS
license.
·
The first 32 line/station ports on the CTX100 do not require a license. Each additional set of
four line/station ports requires one LIC100-4 PORTS license (maximum of 112 ports).
·
The ACTU2A-S and ACTU2 processors each provide 16 DTMF built-in receiver hardware
circuits and 16 ABR circuits. The first four DTMF circuits and all ABR circuits do not require
a license. Each additional set of four DTMF receiver circuits requires one LIC100-4DTMF
license (maximum of 16 DTMF circuits).
Note DTMF tone receiver circuits are required for standard telephones, Voice Mail DTMF
integration, Tie, DID and DNIS line service.
·
The optional RS-232 serial port interface (BSIS) provides two circuits to interface with SMDI
or Toshiba Proprietary Voice Mail integration, Call Accounting SMDR, and two for future
applications. The first circuit does not require a license, but circuits two through four each
require one LIC100-SER PORT license.
Licensed Software Options
Some software options are activated with license codes. The following software options require a
license:
·
Each CTX system (node) in a Strata Net QSIG Network (ISDN or IP) requires one LIC100-
QSIG NET license. A maximum of four serial network nodes are allowed in any one serial
chain in the network topology.
·
The built-in LAN interface for all CTI Open Architecture applications. Each individual CTI
Open Architecture application requires one LIC100-CSTA AP license (maximum nine).
2-4
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Strata CTX670 Overview
Strata CTX670 Overview
The Strata CTX670 system provides sophisticated
telecommunication features in a modular system
designed for growth. Its universal slot architecture
enables you to select the combination of Central Office
(CO) lines, stations, and peripheral options that best suit
your needs.
The CTX670 basic BCTU processor can be configured
for smaller systems as a one or two cabinet system with a
C
capacity of up to 192 CO lines and stations combined. It
o
St
nfigu
can expand to support up to seven cabinets with a
rat
capacity of up to 672 CO lines and stations combined
a C
r
with the BCTU/BEXU processors (see Figure 2-2).
ation
TX
System line and station capacity is expanded by adding
processor expansion Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs),
cabinets and line/station PCBs.
The CTX670 easily connects to outside public and
private telephone lines. All of the telephones (stations)
tied to the system can have direct access to each other as
well as to the public and private network.
Note The Strata CTX670 system capacities depend on
the licenses stored on the system processor and
5398
the hardware described in this chapter. See
"CTX670 License Control" on page 2-7.
Figure 2-2
CTX 670 Base/
Expansion Cabinets
The Base Cabinet and optional Expansion Cabinets are
the building blocks of the system. Each system has a Base Cabinet, and can have from one to six
Expansion Cabinets. All lines, stations, and options are tied together through the cabinets.
The overall weight and dimensions of the CTX670 cabinets are shown in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2
CTX670 Cabinet Specifications
Cabinet
Weight
Height
Width
Depth
Base Cabinet (CHSUB672A)
31 lbs.
11.625 in.
26.5 in.
10.3 in.
Expansion Cabinet (CHSUE672A)
29 lbs.
9.75 in.
26.5 in.
10.3 in.
CTX670 Processor PCBs
The system operates with the BCTU only or the BCTU and BEXU processor PCBs install in
dedicated slots of the Base Cabinet. The BCTU and BEXU processor incorporates the following
on-board hardware features:
CPU/Memory
The CTX670 uses a high-speed, 32-bit, Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC) processor,
Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) working memory, Static Random Access Memory
(SRAM) with lithium battery for back-up memory, and flash program memory.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-5

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX670 Processor PCBs
Large-scale Integrated (LSI) circuits
The processor has LSI circuits that support the following:
·
BCTU provides 16 built-in DTMF receivers; 32 available using the BCTU and BEXU. For five
or more DTMF receivers, appropriate licenses are required. See "CTX670 License Control" on
page 2-7.
·
BCTU provides 16 built-in Busy Tone (BT) detectors for Auto Busy Redial (ABR); 32
available using the BCTU and BEXU.
·
BCTU provides 64 built-in conference circuits; up to 96 conference circuits are available using
the BCTU and BEXU. (See Table 2-7 on page 2-12 for more information).
·
Built-in, adjustable, digital volume PAD technology enables audio volume to be adjusted in
eight steps to compensate for conference and/or CO line network losses.
Memory Protection Battery
If commercial AC power is lost or if a system is moved or stored without power, the processor has
an internal battery that protects data and the customer's programmed configuration from memory
loss. This information will be maintained in a powerless system for at least six years.
Music-on-hold/Background Music Interface
An RCA jack and volume control are built into the processor to interface with a Music-on-hold
and/ or Background Music source. With the CTX670, you can have up to 15 MOH/BGM sources
by adding:
·
Up to two BIOU PCBs, each provides three MOH/BGM input sources.
·
An RSTU PCB that provides up to eight MOH/BGM input sources.
·
MOH/BGM source volume adjustment is controlled by software programming.
SmartMedia Memory
The processor has an on-board SmartMedia card slot. A SmartMedia flash memory card can be
inserted to backup and restore customer program data. It also makes it easy to upload operating
system data for software upgrades and is used for maintenance functions.
Network Interface
The processor has an on-board Ethernet 10base-T Ethernet circuit for connection to Open
Architecture Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) applications. This provides extensive call
control and telephone support for CTI applications. The Ethernet Network Interface Card (NIC)
port also enables connection to the following:
·
CTX Attendant Console
·
ACD server
·
Local and Remote CTX WinAdmin PC
·
Soft Key Control of Voice Mail features
2-6
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX670 License Control
CTX670 Processor PCB Subassemblies
Subassemblies can be added to the BCTU processor PCB to provide additional features. The
subassemblies are:
·
AMDS (Modem) Provides a 33.6Kbps/V.34 modem for point-to-point local or remote
connection to the CTX WinAdminTM administration PC.
·
BSIS interface PCB which attaches to the BCTU to provide up to four RS-232 interface ports
for SMDR Call Accounting and SMDI or Toshiba Proprietary Voice Mail interface.
See Table 2-3 on page 2-9 for the number of cabinets and universal PCB slots for the Basic and
Expanded systems.
Co St
nfigu
rata C
CTX670 License Control
ration TX
The system size and feature capability is controlled using a software License Key Code. This key
code is obtained from the Toshiba Internet FYI site during the ordering process and is installed
onto the system processor via Strata CTX WinAdmin. Processor license codes activate system
hardware capacities in the following increments.
·
The first 64 line/station ports do not require a license. Each additional set of four line/station
ports requires one LIC670-4PORTS license (maximum of 672 ports).
·
The on-board DTMF receiver circuit provides up to 32 DTMF receiver hardware circuits. The
first four DTMF circuits do not require a license. Each additional set of four DTMF receiver
circuits requires one LIC670-4DTMF license (max. total of 32 DTMF circuits).
Note DTMF tone receiver circuits are required for standard telephones, Voice Mail DTMF
integration, Tie, DID and DNIS line service.
·
The optional RS-232 serial port interface (BSIS) provides two circuits to interface with Voice
Mail SMDI or Toshiba Proprietary Voice Mail integration, Call Accounting SMDR, and two
for future applications. The first circuit does not require a license, but circuits two through four
each require one LIC670-SER PORT license.
Licensed Software Options
Some software options are activated with license codes. The following software options require a
license:
·
Each CTX system (node) in a Strata Net QSIG Network requires one LIC670-QSIG NET
license. A maximum of four serial network nodes are allowed in any one serial chain in the
network topology.
·
Each individual CTI Open Architecture application requires one LIC670-CSTA AP license
(maximum nine).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-7

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX670 Cabinet Slots
CTX670 Cabinet Slots
Base Cabinet
The Base Cabinet has two dedicated slots used for the system processor PCBs and eight universal
slots, labeled "S101~S108," that can accommodate station, CO line or option PCBs (see Figure
2-3). It also houses a power supply.
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
DC OUT
-24V1
-24V2
BATT
+
-24V3
-
-24V4
POW
+5V
AC IN
-5V
P.F.
RESET
POWER
ON
EXP
BASE
OFF
FG
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
5002
6965
BEXU
BCTU
Figure 2-3
Strata CTX670 Base Cabinet Interior
Expansion Cabinets
One to six Expansion Cabinets can be added to increase the system station and CO line capacity.
Each expansion cabinet provides 10 slots (S_01~S_10). Figure 2-4 shows an Expansion Cabinet.
Refer to the following section for cabinet slot and station/line capacities. Tables 2-4 and 2-5 show
the number of stations and CO lines allowed when additional cabinets and PCBs are used.
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S_01
S_02
S_03
S_04
S_05
-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S_06
S_07
S_08
S_09
S_10
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
FG
S_01
S_02
S_03
S_04
S_05
S_06
S_07
S_08
S_09
S_10
5002
5002
5003
Figure 2-4
Strata CTX670 Expansion Cabinet Interior
2-8
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX670 Remote Expansion Cabinet
CTX670 Remote Expansion Cabinet
A CTX670 Expansion Cabinet can be located up to three kilometers from its Base Cabinet.
Remote Expansion Cabinets are enabled by the RRCU PCB. One RRCU connects to up to two
ribbon-type Data Cables and applies the inter-cabinet signal to a multi-mode fiber-optic pair. One
fiber pair can support one or two expansion cabinets in one remote location using one RRCU in the
Base Cabinet and another in the Remote Expansion Cabinet.
The CTX670 Base Cabinet supports up to six Remote Expansion Cabinets (at least one RRCU
PCB is required for each remote location).
Remote cabinets support the BIOU for external Page Zones, Night Bell, etc., and all CO line and
C
trunk interface PCBs. Network clock synchronization can only be derived from digital trunks
o
St
nfigu
r
installed in the Base Cabinet (Master) location.
ata C
ration TX
System Capacities

This section contains Strata CTX28, CTX100 and CTX670 capacities for stations and peripherals,
CO lines, station buttons and system features. All tables apply to both systems unless otherwise
noted.
Important!
The maximum capacities listed for the CTX100 in Tables 2-3~2-7 are based on an
expanded CTX100 (Base + Expansion cabinet).
Table 2-3
Cabinet and Slot Capacities
CTX670
CTX670
Expanded
Cabinets/Slots/Ports
CTX28
CTX100
Basic Processor
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
Cabinets
1
1 or 2
1 to 2
1 to 7
Dedicated
Universal slots
4 or 8
8 or 18
8 to 68
slots
Maximum capacity of ports
32
112
192
672
(lines + stations)
Table 2-4
Station/Peripherals System Capacities
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100
Expanded
Stations
CTX28
Basic Processor
Base & Expansion
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
16
30 DKTs with 1
55 DKTs with 1
55 DKTs with 1 ADM
Add-on modules (DADM3120,
Systems
ADM
ADM
43 DKTs with 2
DADM3020) per Base Cabinet1
1 or 2 per
23 DKTs with 2
43 DKTs with 2
ADMs
DKT
ADMs
ADMs
31 DKTs with 1
57 DKTs with 1
Add-on modules (DADM3120,
57 DKTs with 1 ADM
ADM
ADM
DADM3020) per Expansion
N/A2
45 DKTs with 2
24 DKTs with 2
45 DKTs with 2
Cabinet1
ADMs
ADMs
ADMs
CTX Attendant consoles
2
2
2
4
72/system
152/system
552/system
DKT3000- and 2000-series DKTs1
16 system
(40 Base Cabinet)
(72 Base Cabinet)
(72 Base Cabinet)
(40/Expan. Cab.)
(80/Expan. Cab.)
(80/Expan. Cab.)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-9

Strata CTX Configuration
System Capacities
Table 2-4
Station/Peripherals System Capacities (continued)
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100
Expanded
Stations
CTX28
Basic Processor
Base & Expansion
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
26 per cabinet
58 per cabinet
200 per cabinet
IPT telephones with DADM31203
N/A
26 per system
58 per system
200 per system
DKT2204-CT or DKT2304-CT
Cordless Telephone1
16
72
152
552
Door locks
3
4
5
10
Door phone control boxes
2
2
3
8
(DDCB)
Door phones
6
6
9
24
DSS consoles (DDSS)
3
3
5
16
ISDN BRI station circuits TE-1
N/A
12
28
96
and TA (2B+D per circuit)
Off-premise stations
2
64
144
544
BPCI used for TAPI only: per
cabinet1
16
35
66
66
Total Stations (Digital/Analog/
N/A
72
160
560
ISDN BRI B channel combined)
Standard stations
2
64
144
544
Calls existing at the same time
16
56
96
366
1. Limit is based on cabinet Power Factor (PF).
2. N/A means Not Available.
3. Based on the minimum allowed flexible buttons.
Table 2-5
Line Capacities and Universal Circuit Card Slots
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100
Basic
Expanded
Lines
CTX28
Base &
Processor
Processor
Expansion
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
CO lines loop start
6 with built-
64
96
264
(analog - 8 lines/slot)
in CLID
CO lines ground start
N/A1
32
72
264
(analog - 4 lines/slot)
DID lines (analog - 4 lines/slot)
N/A
32
72
264
Tie lines (analog - 4 lines/slot)
N/A
32
72
264
VoIP lines (4 lines/slot)2
N/A
8
20
20
T1 lines (DS-1)3
N/A
64
96
264
ISDN BRI B channel lines4
N/A
64
96
256
ISDN PRI B channel lines5
N/A
48
96
264
IP QSIG Channels6
N/A
48
96
264
Total lines (Analog, T1, ISDN BRI and PRI
N/A
64
96
264
B channels combined)
Channel Groups
N/A
32
48
128
Number of groups w/ GCO Line buttons
N/A
32
50
128
1. N/A means Not Available.
2. Capacity is limited by FCC, Part 15, ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) restrictions.
3. T1 lines can be loop start, ground start, Tie or DID (maximum 24 lines per unit, any type or combination).
4. BRI lines provide CO line services, including Caller ID, DID and Direct Inward Lines (DIL).
5. PRI lines provide CO line services, including QSIG Networking, Calling Party Number/Name, DID, Tie, POTS, FX and DIT.
6. QSIG over IP channels provides Strata Net functionality.
2-10
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
System Capacities
Table 2-6
Station Buttons
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100 Base &
Basic
Expanded
Station Buttons per System
CTX28
Expansion
Processor
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
Call Forward, Personal CF Buttons
16
72
160
560
Caller ID (CLID) button
16
72
160
560
CO Line Buttons1
6
64
96
264
Group CO Line Buttons2
N/A
64
96
264
Co St
nfigu
Pooled CO Line Buttons2
32
32
50
128
rata
CO Group and Pooled Line Buttons2
N/A, 32
64
96
264
C
ration T
Door Unlock Buttons
3
4
8
16
X
Flexible Telephone Buttons
320
1600
3500
12000
Line and DN Buttons in use at the same time
96
1440
3200
3200
Message Waiting Registration (DNs with MW)
130
130
230
800
Multiple Appearances of DNs on Telephones
320
2000
4000
12000
Night Transfer Buttons
16
32
64
128
One Touch Buttons
96
800
1750
6000
Primary Directory Numbers [PDNs] per system
16
72
160
560
Phantom Directory Numbers [PhDNs] per system
288
288
640
2240
[PhDNs] with Message Waiting Indication LED
18
18
38
128
96
224
768
ISDN DNs
N/A
(8 DNs/station)
(8 DNs/station)
(8 DNs/station)
1. This is the number fo unique CO Line Buttons (i.e., Line 1, Line 2, etc.). The total number of CO Line Buttons can not
exceed the Flexible Telephone Button limit.
2. This is the total number of all GCO or Pooled Line Buttons allowed in a system.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-11

Strata CTX Configuration
System Capacities
Table 2-7
System Feature Capacities
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100 Base
Basic
Expanded
Features
CTX28
& Expansion
Processor
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
Pilot DNs
100
100
200
256
Advisory LCD Messages (Set on a Telephone)
1
1
1
1
Advisory LCD Messages Lists (per System)
10
10
10
10
Attendant Groups
1
1
1
1
Call Accounting SMDR Interface1
1
1
1
1
Call Forward, System CF Patterns
4
4
10
32
Call Park Orbits (General)
14
14
32
64
Call Park Orbits (Individual)
56
56
96
336
Up to 100/
Up to 100/
Up to 100/
Up to 100/
Caller ID/ANI/CNIS Numbers stored (Call History
station (CLID)
station
station
station
records)
Up to 660/
Up to 660/
Up to 1000/
Up to 2000/
system (CLID)
system
system
system
CO Line Groups - Incoming Line Groups (ILG)
6
32
50
128
CO Line Groups - Outgoing Line Groups (OLG)
6
32
50
128
Outgoing Line Groups (OLG) Members per system
96 (No ISDN)
96
144
392
(Trunks + ISDN Line Service Index)
Conference Circuits
64
64
64
96
Conferencing (three-parties simultaneously)2
20
20
21
21
Conferencing (eight-parties simultaneously)2
8
8
8
12
Conference Party types (up to 8 total lines +
6 lines max.
6 lines max.
6 lines max.
6 lines max.
8 stations
8 stations
stations)
max.
max.
8 stations max. 8 stations max.
Two-CO Line Conferencing simultaneously2
3
32
48
132
(Two party only, no telephone or VM port)
Conference/Line Volume Adjustment (PAD)
6
6
10
32
Groups
DID Numbers for Calling Number ID/system
N/A3
225
500
1000
DNIS/DID Network Routing Numbers
N/A
200
400
1000
DNIS/DID Numbers
N/A
450
1000
2000
DTMF Receivers4
16
16
16
32
E911 Groups
8
8
8
8
Emergency Call Groups
8
8
8
8
Hunt Groups (Serial/Circular/Distributed
16
90
200
640
combined)
Hunt Group Size (DNs per group)
18
72
160
560
Hunt Group Stations (per system)
18
360
800
2800
ISDN DNs
N/A
96
224
768
ISDN Line Service Indexes
N/A
32
48
128
Multiple Call Ring Group
16
16
32
64
Night Bell Control Relay5
1
1
1
1
Night Transfer Control Relay5
1
1
1
1
Off-hook Call Announce Handsets (simultaneous)
16
20
21
31
2-12
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
System Capacities
Table 2-7
System Feature Capacities (continued)
CTX670
CTX670
CTX100 Base
Basic
Expanded
Features
CTX28
& Expansion
Processor
Processor
BCTU
BCTU + BEXU
Off-hook Call Announce to Telephone Speakers 6
16
72
112
352
Page Mute External BGM Control Relay5
1
1
1
1
Page Zone Relays5
N/A
8
8
8
Page Groups (Phones with or without External
4
4
8
16
Zones)
C
Paging (Group Page simultaneous stations
o
St
16
72
120
120
paged)
nfigu
rat
Pickup Groups
5
5
10
32
a C
ration T
Ring Tones (External Call Ring Tones for DKTs)
4
4
4
4
X
Ring Tones (Internal Call Ring Tones for DKTs)
1
1
1
1
Speed Dial - Station SD numbers per system7
1080
1080
2400
5600
Speed Dial - System SD numbers per system
800
800
800
800
Stratagy ES / iES 32 / GVMU Voice Mail Systems
per system8
1
1
1
1
Tenants
8
8
8
8
Destination Restriction Level (DRL) Classes
16
16
16
16
Verified Account Codes
135
135
300
1000
Voice Mail SMDI Interface1
1
1
1
1
1. SMDI and SMDR require BSIS serial port interface.
2. Conference circuits are used dynamically, so the maximum number of simultaneous conferences is affected by the number of
conference members in each conference. The total number of members in simultaneous conferences cannot exceed the total
number of conference circuits. Each conference can have up to eight members.
3. N/A means Not Available
4. DTMF receivers are required for standard touch tone telephones, voice mail integration, Tie, DID and DISA lines.
5. An option BIOU is required for up to four zone page relays and four control relays on the CTX100 and CTX670. One control
relay is provided on board the CTX100 processor.
6. Speaker OCA capacity is determined by 2B channel slot availability and power supply. Requires BVSU option in telephone.
Speaker OCA is not available on IPT1020-SD telephones.
7. Up to 100 Station SD numbers, allocated in increments of 10, can be programmed per station.
8. CTX28 supports only the GVMU voice mail systems internally, and the Stratagy ES externally.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-13

Strata CTX Configuration
Universal Slot PCBs
Universal Slot PCBs
Universal Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) installed in the Strata CTX100 or CTX670 cabinets
provide interfaces for stations, lines, and peripherals. Each PCB measures 7.5 x 5.5 inches (190 x
140 mm) and mounts in the slot with a 44-pin backplane connector. PCB external connections to
station equipment are made to the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) using industry-standard
connectors.
Station, Line and Option PCBs
The PCBs are categorized as station, CO line or option PCBs (see Tables 2-8~2-10). Feature
subassemblies that plug onto a universal slot PCB, such as the Standard Telephone Interface
Subassembly (RSTS), are listed below the associated PCB.
Table 2-8
Station PCBs
Digital Telephone Interface Unit (ADKU) (CTX100 only)
Interface Options: Provides the same interface options as
Provides eight circuits for 3000 and/or 2000-series
the BDKU (see below), but does not support BDKS.
digital telephones.
Compatible only with CTX100.
Standard Telephone Interface Unit (ASTU) (CTX100 only)
Interface Options:
Standard telephones (no message waiting)
Provides two standard telephone circuits. Maximum
Other single-line devices
number of ringers per circuit is three
Alternate BGM source
Fax machines
Voice mail devices
Digital Telephone Interface Unit (BDKU)
Interface Options: Digital telephones (with or without
BHEU, BPCI, BVSU, DADMs, or digital cordless
telephone). Supports BDKS.
Provides eight circuits for 3000 and/or 2000-series
Stand-alone digital cordless telephone
digital telephones (BDKU) + eight more with BDKS
DDSS console
(optional).
BATI
DDCB
Supports large LCD (DKT3014) features.
Digital Telephone Interface Subassembly (BDKS)
Provides eight additional circuits for 3000 and/or 2000-
Interface Options: Same as BDKU. Not compatible with
series digital telephones. Attaches to BDKU. One per
ADKU or PDKU.
BDKU. Do not use BDKS for Speaker OCA telephones,
except in slot 103 of the CTX100.
Digital Telephone Interface Unit (PDKU2)
Interface Options: Digital telephones (with or without
Provides 8 digital telephone circuits. (2000-series
BHEU or HHEU, DVSU, DADMs, or digital cordless
phones only. Do not use the PDKU for 3000-series
telephone)
digital telephones. With 3000-series DKTs, the LCD
Stand-alone digital cordless telephone
display is only 16 characters wide and the 6SGLDO button
DDSS console
will not work.
DDCB
Does not support DKT3014-SDL features.
2-14
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Universal Slot PCBs
Table 2-8
Station PCBs (continued)
Digital Telephone Interface Unit (BWDKU1A)
Provides 8 or 16 digital telephone circuits. Compatible
Interface Options: Digital telephones (with or without
with Strata CTX and Strata DK. Jumper plugs on the
BHEU or HHEU, DVSU, DADMs, or digital cordless
PCB determine the number of DKT circuits and CTX or
telephone)
DK compatibility. It does not need a Ferrite Core. It has
Stand-alone digital cordless telephone
one protector for every two circuits. The BWDKU1A is
DDSS console
similar to BDKU/BDKS, except DKT wiring is all 1 pair.
DDCB
Internet Protocol Telephone (IPT) Interface Unit (BIPU-M1A, BIPU-M2A)
Provides 16 IPT telephone circuits
One 100Base-TX RJ45 port
Co St
Built-in Digital Signal Processor (DSP) (BIPS1A-16)
nfigu
ra
One RS-232 maintenance port
ta
Interface Options: LAN, Virtual Private Network (VPN)
C
r
Network Address Translation (NAT) compatible for
ation
Internet, VPN WAN, Intranet.
TX
remote IP telephones (BIPU-M2A)

Enhanced version of MEGACO+ for Voice over IP
MEGACO+ mobility for Mobility Communications
System (MCS) Roaming (BIPU-M2A)
Digital/Standard Telephone Interface Unit (RDSU)
Without RSTS, provides:
Two standard telephone/
Four digital telephone circuits (2000-series phones
Interface Options:
only).
Digital same as PDKU.
With RSTS, provides:
Standard same as RSTU (standard Message Waiting
Four standard telephone/
not available)
Four digital telephone circuits (2000-series phones
only).
Standard Telephone Interface Unit (BSTU, RSTU3)
Interface Options:
Standard telephones
Voice mail ports
Off-premises stations
Provides eight standard telephone circuits. Stutter dial
Other similar devices
tone is provided for Message Waiting audible indication.
Alternate BGM source
Auto Attendant digital announcer
Message Waiting lamp
Fax machines
ACD announcer
Standard Telephone Subassembly (RSTS)
Interface Options: Same as RSTU, except no Message
Attaches to RDSU. Provides two additional standard
Waiting lamp.
telephone circuits. One maximum per RDSU.
-48 Volt Supply Internal Option (R48S)
Attaches to BSTU, RSTU and RDSU
Interface Options: Optionally interfaces to the RSTU and
RDSU to extend loop length of standard telephones from
48VDC circuit for up to eight standard telephone circuits.
600 ohms to 1200 ohms. Required for OPS operation.
Stratagy DK
Provides two, four, six, or eight VM ports.
All of the above Stratagy DK systems use eight station
ports of Strata CTX capacity.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-15

Strata CTX Configuration
Universal Slot PCBs
Table 2-9
CO Line PCBs
Strata Net Over VoIP Interface Unit (BIPU-Q1A)
Provides 16 IP QSIG channels
Interface Options: LAN, Virtual Private Network (VPN)
One 100Base-TX RJ45 port
Internet, VPN WAN, Intranet.
One RS-232 maintenance port
QSIG over IP standard protocol (ECMA-336)
Voice coding G.711/G.729A
Built-in Digital Signal Processor (DSP) (BIPS1A-16)
NAT compatible
Internet Protocol (IP) Interface Unit (BVPU)
Provides four VoIP Circuits as E&M Tie lines
Interface Options: LAN, Internet, WAN.
One 10Base-T port
One RS-232 maintenance port
H.323 standard for Voice over Internet Protocol
(VoIP)
Caller ID Interface Unit (RCIU2)
Provides four Caller ID circuits.
Interface Options:
With RCIS: eight circuits.
Provides Caller ID LCD display for analog loop or
ground start lines with Caller ID. Requires: RCOU,
RCOS, RGLU2, RGLU3 or PCOU. Not compatible with
T1.
Caller ID Interface Subassembly (RCIS)
Same as RCIU2.
Attaches to the RCIU2.
Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit (RDDU)
Provides four DID circuits.
Interface Options:
DID analog lines.
Enhanced 911 CAMA Trunk Interface Unit (RMCU/RCMS)
E911 CAMA circuits. Provides up to four CAMA trunk
E911 analog CAMA trunks.
circuits. The RMCU/RCMS eliminates the need for
connection of adjunct terminal adapter equipment to
E911 CAMA trunks.
Requires one or two RCMS PCBs for two or four
CAMA lines respectively.
CAMA Trunk Subassembly (RCMS)
Same as RMCU.
RCMS attaches to RMCU. Provides two E911 CAMA
circuits.
Up to two RCMSs per RMCU for four CAMA lines
max. (One RCMS comes packaged with the RMCU.)
Ground/Loop Start Interface CO Line Interface Unit (RGLU2, RGLU3)
Provides four ground or loop start line circuits. Each
Interface Options:
can be individually set for ground or loop start
Analog loop or ground start analog lines.
operation.
ISDN S/T-type Basic Rate Interface Unit (RBSU)
Two ISDN BRI S/T point circuits (NT or TE). Each
Interface Options: Network and/or station side.
circuit is 2B+1D. (Host for the RBSS.)
Basic Rate Interface Subassembly (RBSS)
Interface Options: Station side only.
Attaches to RBSU. One RBSS subassembly per
RBSU.
Two ISDN BRI, S point circuits (2B+D each).
2-16
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Universal Slot PCBs
Table 2-9
CO Line PCBs (continued)
ISDN U-type Basic Rate Interface Unit (RBUU)
Provides two ISDN BRI, U point circuits (2B+D each).
Interface Options: Network and/or station side.
Host for the RBUS.
Network side requires a dealer-supplied NT1 interface.
Basic Rate Interface Subassembly (RBUS)
Interface Options: Network and/or station side.
Attaches to RBUU. One RBUS subassembly per
RBUU.
Two ISDN BRI, U point circuits (2B+D each)
subassembly for the RBUU.
ISDN Primary Rate Interface Unit (BPTU1 or RPTU2)
Provides (1~8B + D), (1~16B + D), or (1~23B + D)
Interface Options:
Co St
channels (lines), depends on system programming.
ISDN PRI
nfigu
ra
BPTU or RPTU2 is required for QSIG Networking.
POTS
ta C
FX
ration T
Tie (senderized)
X
Tie (cut through)
OUTWATS (intra-LATA)
OUTWATS (inter-LATA)
InWATS
QSIG
Loop Start CO Line Interface Unit (RCOU)
Provides four CO analog loop start line circuits.
Interface Options:
With RCOS, provides eight CO analog loop start line
CO analog loop start lines
circuits.
Loop Start CO Line Interface Subassembly (RCOS)
Same as RCOU.
Provides four additional Loop Start CO lines. One
RCOS subassembly per RCOU.
T1/DS-1 Interface Unit (RDTU2)
Provides T1 (DS1) Interface: 1~8, 1~16, or 1~24
Interface Options:
channels (lines), depends on system programming.
T1
Loop start lines
Ground start lines
Tie lines (wink or immediate)
DID/DOD lines (wink or immediate)
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit (RRCU)
Supports two CTX670 remote cabinets. 62.5 mµ,
Remote cabinet not supported by main system reserve
multi-mode fiber.
power.
Tie Line Unit (REMU2)
Provides four analog Tie line circuits.
Interface Options:
E&M Tie lines
Two- or four-wire transmission
Type I signaling
Type II signaling
Immediate start
Wink start
Table 2-10
Option PCBs
Option Interface Unit (BIOU)
Interface Options:
Provides Paging output (600 ohm and three-watt amp),
four zone paging relays, three MOH interfaces and four
control relays (Night Transfer and BGM mute).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-17

Strata CTX Configuration
Functional Block Diagrams
Functional Block Diagrams
The Functional Block Diagrams show the PCBs and interface connectors used for connecting the
station.
Up to Four Programmable Serial (RS-232)
Port Modular Jacks Available
SMDR
Call Accounting
ACTU Processor PCB
BSIS 1
Conference
SW with PAD
SMDI or Toshiba Proprietary
Stratagy ES
Integration
(Optional)
Voice Mail
MOH/BGM Jack
AMDS 1
+Volume Control
Remote Maintenance
Modem
Toshiba Proprietary Soft Key LCD Link
Remote CTX
WinAdmin PC
RJ45
Internet
Hub
y
Ethernet
or
Interface
LAN
ACD
(CSTA)
Relay Contact (Programmable)
h Highwa
Local CTX
WinAdmin
Smart Media
DTMF/ABR
Maintenance
Receivers
and
Customer
25 Pair
2
Database
License
Data and Speec
Amplified Page Output (3 Watts)
1
BIOU Interface PCB
ASTU
Music Source: External Zone Page
(one or two per system)
Background Music
Virtual slot 09
Relay Contacts
Door Lock Control Relay
MOH/BGM
RCA Jacks
Night Bell Control Relay
MOH/BGM
Volume Controls
External Zone Page Relays (4 Zones)
External Page Amplifier (600 ohm Output)
APSU112 Cabinet
12V
Power Supply
Battery
BGM Mute Control Relay
ABCS 1
12V
Battery Charger
Battery
(2 or 4 Batteries)
Night Control Relay
1
ABTC - 3m Cable
Main Distribution
Frame (MDF)
Notes
Music Source 1: Background Music
1. Optional.
and/or Music-on-hold
2. License Control.
Music Source 2: Background Music
On this page, all equipment, except Stratagy ES,
and/or Music-on-hold
connected to the system processor PCBs and
Music Source 3: Background Music
BIOU PCB is customer-supplied.
and/or Music-on-hold
6752
Figure 2-5
CTX100 System Processor and Option Interface PCBs
2-18
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Functional Block Diagrams
Up to Four Programmable Serial (RS-232)
Port Modular Jacks Available
SMDR
Call Accounting
BCTU Processor PCB
BSIS
Conference
Stratagy ES
SMDI and Stratagy ES Integration
(Optional)
SW with PAD
Voice Mail
AMDS1 Remote
Maintenance Modem
MOH/BGM Jack
+Volume Control
DTMF/ABR
Receivers( Built-In )
Co St
Toshiba Proprietary Soft Key LCD Link
nfigu
r
Remote CTX
Memory
Time Switch
a
WinAdmin PC
Smart Media
ta
Maintenance
C
RJ45
r
Internet
and
Hub
ation
Ethernet
2
T
Customer
or
X
Interface
Database

LAN
ACD
License
(CSTA)
BEXU Processor PCB
DTMF/ABR
Memory
Time Switch
Receivers
( Built-In )
Local CTX
WinAdmin
Data and Speech Highway
BIOU
3
Interface PCB
25 Pair
MOH/BGM
RCA Jacks
Amplified Page Output (3 Watts)
Relay Contacts, Page Output
Music Source: External Zone Page
MOH/BGM
Background Music
Volume Controls
Door Lock Control Relay
12V
BPSU672 Cabinet
Night Bell Control Relay
Battery
Power Supply
Battery Charger
12V
Battery
External Zone Page Relays (4 Zones)
(2 or 4 Batteries)
External Page Amplifier (600 ohm Output)
Notes
BGM Mute Control Relay
1. Optional.
Night Control Relay
2. Optional. See description of License Control
earlier in this chapter.
Main Distribution
3. Optional one or two per system.
Frame (MDF)
Music Source 1: Background Music
and/or Music-on-hold
On this page, all equipment, except Stratagy ES,
connected to the system processor PCBs and
Music Source 2: Background Music
BIOU PCB is customer-supplied.
and/or Music-on-hold
Music Source 3: Background Music
6942
and/or Music-on-hold
Figure 2-6
CTX670 System Processor and Optional Interface PCBs
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-19

Strata CTX Configuration
Functional Block Diagrams
CTX670 Expansion
Cabinets
Optical Fiber Cable
3 km/(1.86 mi.)
RRCU (CTX670 only)
Remote Cabinet Interface Card
Remote Location(s)
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
With or without
With or without
IP Network
BIPU-M2A
VPN Router
VPN Router
Msg
Spdial
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
or Server
or Server
IP Telephone
Remote
CTX
100Base-TX
Node(s)
BIPU-Q2A
BIPU-Q1A
IP Network
Strata Net QSIG Over IP Unit
CTX / DK
Remote
10Base-T
BVPU
Location(s)
BVPU
IP Network
Voice Over IP Unit (4 Circuits)
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
MCK
MCK
IP Network
BDKU/BDKS or PDKU
EXTender
Gateway
(CTX100 & CTX670) or
Msg
Spdial
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
Remote Location(s)
ADKU (CTX100 only)
Digital
Telephone
Network
RCIU2 4 Caller ID Circuits
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
Demarcation
Point
RCIS 4 Caller ID Circuits
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
RCOU3
4 Loop Start Co Lines (Analog)
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
RCOS (Optional PCB on RCOU Only):
· Central Office
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
4 Loop Start CO Lines (Analog)
· Centrex
· PBX
· Common Carrier
· Other Telephone System
RGLU2, RGLU3
y
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
· E911 Public Safety Answer
4 Loop or Ground Start CO Lines (Analog)
· Point (PSAP)
MDF 1
4
· Priviate Networking Lines
h Highwa
(Two 4-Wire Modular Jacks)
RDDU 4 DID CO Lines (Analog)
Secondary Protectors 2
REMU
(REMU, Four 8-Wire Modular Jacks)
4 E&M Tie Lines (Analog)
Data and Speec
25-pair Amphenol
TOSHIBA NDTU Cable
RDTU2 or RDTU3?
DB15
· 2T1 / DS1(24 Channels / Lines)
· Loop Start, Ground Start, Tie, DID
Channel
· Digital Voice Lines
Service
2
Unit (CSU)
PLL Synchronization Circuits
RMCU Trunk Circuits for E911
CAMA Line (2-wire Modular Jacks)
RCMS 2 Trunk Circuits
CAMA Line (2-wire Modular Jacks)
RCMS 2 Trunk Circuits
Toshiba RPRI-CBL-KIT
BPTU1 or RPTU1 or 2
Channel
ISDN PRI (23B+1D channels)
Service
2
Digital Voice/Data
Unit (CSU)
8-wire Modular Jacks
4
QSIG networks (RPTU2)
2
RBSU ISDN BRI (S/T)
1. RCIU2/RCIS tip/ring cross
NT1 per circuit
2 Circuits (TE)
8-wire Modular Jacks
connected to RCOU, RCOS, or
Voice/Data (2B+D)
3
3
RGLU tip/ring at MDF.
U
T
2. Customer-supplied equipment.
3. U, S, T, R, are ISDN reference
ISDN BRI (U)
RBUU 2 Circuits (NT-1?)
model termination points.
3
Voice/Data (2B+D)
4. RPTU2 is required for QSIG
U
8-wire Modular Jacks
Networking.
RBUS ISDN BRI (U)
3
8-wire Modular Jacks
2
Circuits
(NT-1)
U

Voice/Data (2B+D)
6739
Figure 2-7
CTX100 and CTX670 CO Line Side Functional Block Diagram
2-20
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Functional Block Diagrams
BWDKU
8 or 16 Digital Telephone Circuits
Digital Telephone (DKT)
Cordless DKT
and Add-on Module
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
Msg
Spdial
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
BDKU
8 Digital Telephone Circuits and
BDKU/BDKS
16 Digital Telephone Circuits
Connects audio path to Attd Console
Digital Single Line
BATI
Handset 4
Telephone (DKT)
Digital Telephone
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
1
ADKU
with BPCI-DI 4
TAPI PC
8 Digital Telephone Circuits (max).
1 Pair Modular Cord
Msg
Spdial
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
RS-232 Cable
(CTX100 only)
DDCB MDFB
Co St
nfigu
r
PDKU24
a
Door Phones and
8 Digital Telephone Circuits
t
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
Lock Controls
a
Transformer
Music
C
ration
on-hold
Digital Telephone
Msg
Spdial
T
source
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
with DSS Console
X
(up to 8)

RDSU4
4 Digital Telephone Circuits
Mode
Page
Scroll
Feature
2 Standard Telephone Circuits
Digital
RSTS
R48S
Telephone
Msg
Spdial
Vol
Mic
Redial
Spkr
Cnf/Trn
Hold
(Option PCB)
(Option PCB,
2 Standard
RDSU/RSTU3
Telephone
Only) -48 Volt
Circuits
Loop Supply
Standard
Stratagy ES
Telephone
Voice Mail
VM Ports
iES32
4~32 Voice Mail Circuits (Programmable)
1
PC
RS-232 Cables
IVP8
Data and Speech Highway
2~8 Voice Mail Circuits (Programmable)
Modem
Auto Attendant
ASTU (CTX100 only)
(Dealer supplied)
2 Standard Telephone Circuits
1
1-pair Modular Cords Fax
2
RSTU3/BSTU R48S
DPFT
8 Standard
(Option PCB,
Power Failure
Power Failure
1
Telephone Circuits
RDSU/RSTU3
Transfer Unit
Standard Telephone (8 max.)
Only) -48 Volt
Loop Supply
Secondary
Protector
RBSU
1
RBSS
Off-premises Station
2B+1D/Circuit
2B+1D/Circuit
(2-NT Circuits)
(2-NT Circuits)
PC
S3
R3
COM Port
TA
1
S3
ISDN
Telephone
U3
PC with
RBUU
(TE-1, S-Type)
RBUS
Video Card
2B+1D/Circuit
2B+1D/Circuit
(TE-1, U-Type)
1
(2-LT Circuits)
(2-LT Circuits)
U3
ISDN
Telephone
(TE-1, U-Type)
6966
Modular Jacks
Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
1. Customer-supplied equipment.
2. RSTU2 or above is required for standard telephone message
waiting lamp.
3. U, S, T, R are ISDN reference model termination points.
4. PDKU and RDSU should only be used for 2000-series digital
telephones. They do not support all of the 3000-series digital telephone
features, including LCD. The PDKU also does not support BPCI, BATI
and the CTX Attendant Console.
Figure 2-8
CTX100 and CTX670 Station Side Functional Block Diagram
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-21

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet Description
Worksheet Description
These configuration worksheets cover Strata CTX telephones, PCBs and cabinets; they do not
cover other peripheral equipment requirements.
Knowledge of all customer telephone requirements is needed to complete the worksheets. These
include all telephone sets, CO line types and Strata CTX system feature options for the main
location (with the Strata CTX Base Cabinet) and each remote location. A set of worksheets for the
main system location and a separate set of worksheets for each remote location must be completed.
CTX670 Remote Cabinet Configuration
Considerations
Several items must be considered when configuring a CTX670 system with Remote Cabinets.
(CTX100 systems do not support remote cabinet configurations).
1. Each location must be configured independently. Separate worksheets are needed for each
location to break down the line, trunk and service circuits by locations. Use the rules provided
in this chapter to determine the required quantities of PCBs.
2. Estimate the number of cabinets according to normal configuration worksheets.
3. Account for RRCU PCBs at each remote location (see Table 2-52 on page 2-38 in Worksheet
6). An RRCU PCB can support up to two Expansion Cabinets at one remote location. For
example, 18 PCBs at one remote location would require two Expansion Cabinets and one
RRCU card for the remote location.
4. If necessary, adjust the number of cabinets required. The maximum number of Expansion
Cabinets per system is six. The maximum number of remote locations is also six. The
maximum number of cabinets supported by one fiber connection is two.
5. Determine the total number of RRCU PCBs required at all remote locations (see Table 2-52 on
page 2-38 in Worksheet 6). Add the same number of RRCU cards to the configuration of the
Base Cabinet.
6. Validate the configuration. A valid configuration answers "yes" to the following questions.
·
Do all cabinets (local and remote) comply with power limitations? The RRCU has a power
factor of 4.0. See Table 2-58 on page 2-43 in Worksheet 7.
·
Are there six or fewer remote locations?
·
Are there six or fewer RRCU cards in the Base Cabinet?
7. Order one cabinet cover (BCTC) and cable mesh shield (B50MT) for each remote location.
8. Digital Trunks A Remote Cabinet can support all PCBs that can be installed in a local
Expansion Cabinet, including digital trunk cards. However, the system cannot derive network
clock synchronization from a digital trunk installed in a remote cabinet. This requires a digital
trunk installed in the Base Cabinet or in a local Expansion Cabinet connected to the Base by a
standard ribbon cable. For each Remote Cabinet location, local trunks may be required for
correct 911 service.
Component Worksheets
Fill in Worksheets 1~8 for each location to determine system cabinet and PCB requirements for:
Customer Name _____________________ Location Description_____________________
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4___ 5___ 6___
2-22
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 1: Toshiba DKT and IP Telephones
Worksheet 1: Toshiba DKT and IP Telephones
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2____ 3____ 4____ 5____ 6____
Item#
Digital Telephone Equipment Required for Cabinet Number __________
Qty
DT01
DKT3010-S - 10 button Digital Speakerphone (gray)
DT02
DKT3010-S (W) - 10 button Digital Speakerphone (white)
DT03
DKT3010-SD - 10 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (gray)
DT04
DKT3010-SD (W) - 10 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (white)
DT05
DKT3020-S - 20 button Digital Speakerphone (gray)
Co St
DT06
DKT3020-S (W) - 20 button Digital Speakerphone (white)
nfigu
rat
DT07
DKT3020-SD - 20 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (gray)
a C
ration
DT08
DKT3020-SD (W) - 20 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (white)
TX
DT09
DKT3014-SDL - 14 button Digital with large LCD (gray)
DT10
DKT3014-SDL - 14 button Digital with large LCD (white)
DT11
DDSS3060 - 60 button Digital Direct station Select Console (gray)
DT12
DDSS3060 - 60 (W) button Digital Direct station Select Console (white)
DT13
IPT1020-SD - 20 button IP Telephone (gray)
DT14
DKT2010-S -10 button Digital Speakerphone (gray)
DT15
DKT2010-S (W) -10 button Digital Speakerphone (white)
DT16
DKT2010-SD -10 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (gray)
DT17
DKT2010-SD (W) -10 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (white)
DT18
DKT2020-S -20 button Digital Speakerphone (gray)
DT19
DKT2020-S (W) -20 button Digital Speakerphone (white)
DT20
DKT2020-SD -20 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (gray)
DT21
DKT2020-SD (W) -20 button Digital Speakerphone with LCD (white)
DT22
DKT2020-FDSP -20 button Digital Full-Duplex Speakerphone with LCD (gray)
DT23
DDSS2060- 60 button Digital Direct Station Select Console (gray)
DT24
DDSS2060 (W) -60 button Digital Direct Station Select Console (white)
DT25
DDCB - Digital Door Phone Control Box (supports 3 MDFB Door phones)
DT26
Pre-wired Digital Telephone Ports (allocates spare, hot wired digital ports)
DT27
DKT2204-CT - Digital Cordless Phone (digital spread spectrum - sharing port with DKT)1
DT28
DKT2204-CT - Digital Cordless Phone (digital spread spectrum - stand alone)
DT29
DKT2304-CT - Digital Cordless Phone (digital narrow band sharing port with DKT)1
DT30
DKT2304-CT - Digital Cordless Phone (digital narrow band - stand alone)
DT31
Total Digital ports required (Add DT01 Qty. ~ DT29 Qty.)
DT32
Total BDKU, BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS or ADKU PCBs/Slots required (DT30, Qty./8 or DT30 Qty./16)2
DT33
Total RDSU PCBs/Slots required to add 4 DKT/2 SLT Devices
DT34
Total RDSU/RSTS PCBs/Slots required to add 4 DKT/4 SLT Equipment
Item
IP Telephone
Qty
IPT01
IPT1020-SD
IPT02
Total BIPU-M2A PCBs/slots required (IPT01 quantity/16)
1. Do not count shared ports into the Total (DT20) BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS ports required.
2. Round up these totals to the nearest whole number.
Important!
The maximum number of DKTs per cabinet is 80. This is a power factor limitation
(see Worksheet 7)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-23

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 2: Standard Telephone, Stratagy DK, IVP8
Miscellaneous Digital Telephone Equipment (See Table 2-52)
DT34
RFDM - External Microphone for DKT2020-FDSP Full Duplex Digital Speakerphone
DT35
MDFB - Door Phone connected to Digital Door Phone Control Box (requires 1DDCB output)
DT36
Door Lock connected to Digital Door Phone Control Box (requires 1DDCB output)
DT37
BVSU - Interface for Digital Telephones that require Speaker OCA (DKT3000 and DKT2000)
DT38
BPCI - PC/TAPI Interface for digital telephone (gray) (DKT3000)
DT39
Secondary Protectors for any Digital station devices located off-premise.
DT40
BHEU - Telephone Headset Interface (DKT2000 and DKT3000)
DT41
DADM3020 - 20-button Add-on module (gray)
DT42
DADM3020(w) - 20-button Add-on module (white)
DT43
DADM2020 -20 button Digital Add-on Module (gray)
DT44
DADM2020 (W) -20 button Digital Add-on Module (white)
DT45
DADM3120 - 20 button IP or DKT Add-on module (gray)
Worksheet 2: Standard Telephone, Stratagy DK,
IVP8
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4____5___ 6____
Item#
Dealer Supplied Standard Telephone (SLT) Equipment Required
Qty
ST1
Standard Tone-Dial Telephone
ST3
External Modem and/or Fax Devices
ST4
External Voice Mail Ports to support Stratagy or other VM (not for Stratagy DK)
ST5
Other Devices, not listed, requiring standard telephone circuit interface
ST6
Alternate BGM Source connected to Std.Tel. port (allocates ASTU, BSTU, RSTU ports)
ST7
Pre-wired Standard Telephone ports (to allocate spare, hot wired, standard tel. ports)
ST8
Total ASTU, BSTU, RSTU PCBs/Slots required (ST1~ST9, QTY/8)*
ST9
Total RDSU PCBs/Slots required to add 4 DKT/2 SLT Devices
ST10
Total RDSU/RSTS PCBs/Slots required to add 4 DKT/4 SLT Equipment
Miscellaneous Standard Telephone (SLT) Equipment Required
ST11
R48S PCB for up to 8 Standard Telephone Off Premise Station (OPS) circuits
ST12
Secondary Protector for Standard telephone equipment located off premise
ST13
DPFT, Power Failure Transfer Unit for up to 8 standard telephone/loop start lines
Stratagy DK or IVP8 Equipment Required
Each Stratagy Voice Mail PCB provides up to 8 Voice Mail ports and uses 8 ports of system capacity. No
ST14
other PCBs are required to interface with Stratagy DK or IVP8. (One allowed per CTX system.)
2-24
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 3: CO Line
Worksheet 3: CO Line
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4____5___ 6____
Line
PCB
Item #
CO Line Type Required
/X=
PCB Name
Slots Required1
Qty
Qty
CO1
Analog Loop Start CO Lines with RCOU
/4=
RCOU
1 Slot/RCOU =
Analog Loop Start CO Lines with
CO2
/8=
RCOU/RCOS
1 Slot/RCOU/RCOS =
RCOU/RCOS
Analog Ground Start CO Lines with
C
CO3
/4=
RGLU
1 Slot/RGLU =
o
St
RGLU
nfigu
ra
CO4
Caller ID Line interface with RCIU
/4=
RCIU
1 Slot/RCIU =
ta C
r
CO5
Caller ID Line interface with RCIU/RCIS
/8=
RCIU/RCIS
1 Slot/RCIU/IS =
ation
TX
CO6
BVPU VoIP Circuits2
/4=
BVPU
1 Slot/BVPU =

CO7
Analog Tie Lines with REMU
/4=
REMU
1 Slot/REMU =
CO8
Analog DID Lines with RDDU
/4=
RDDU
1 Slot/RDDU =
CO9
T1 Digital Lines with RDTU2
/24=
RDTU2
2 Slots/RDTU2 =
CO10
T1 Digital Lines with RDTU2
/16=
RDTU2
1 Slot/RDTU2 =
CO11
T1 Digital Lines with RDTU2
/8=
RDTU2
1 Slots/RDTU2 =
CO12
IP with BIPU-Q1A
/8=
BIPU-Q1A
1 Slot/BIPU-Q1A =
CO13
IP with BIPU-Q1A
/16=
BIPU-Q1A
1 Slot/BIPU-Q1A =
CO14
ISDN and/or QSIG with RPTU or BPTU
/23
RPTU2
1 Slot/RPTU2 =
CO15
ISDN and/or QSIG with RPTU or BPTU
/16
RPTU2
1 Slot/RPTU2 =
CO16
ISDN and/or QSIG with RPTU or BPTU
/8
RPTU2
1 Slot/RPTU2 =
CO17
ISDN BRI Circuit3, U-type with RBUU
/2=
RBUU
1 Slot/RBUU =
ISDN BRI Circuits1, U-type with RBUU/
CO18
/4=
RBUU/RBUS
1 Slot/RBUU/US =
RBUS
ISDN BRI Circuits1, S/T-type with
CO19
/2=
RBSU
1 Slot/RBSU =
RBSU
ISDN BRI Circuits1, S/T-type with
CO20
/4=
RBSU/RBSS
1 Slot/RBSU/RBSS =
RBSU/RBSS
E911 CAMA Circuits (RMCS/RCMS=2
CO21
circuits, add another RCMS for 4
/4=
RMCU/RCMS
1 Slot/RMCU/RMMS=
circuits
CO22
Total Slots required for line PCBs
Miscellaneous CO Line Equipment
Dealer-supplied NT-1 S/T BRI Line
CO23
Number of NT-1s
No slots required.
Circuits
Dealer-supplied CSU for BPTU or
CO24
Number of CSUs
No slots required.
RPTU and/or RDTU2
CO25
Cable kits for BPTU or RPTU2
Number of RPRI-CBL-KIT
No slots required.
CO26
Cable Kits for BPTU or RPTU2
Number of RPRI-CBL-KIT
No slots required.
Secondary Protectors For RDDU and
CO27
Number of Protectors.
No slots required.
REMU
1. Round up fractions to the nearest whole number.
2. Maximum of five PCBs with CTX670 and two BVPU PCBs with CTX100 because of FCC Part 15 emissions requirement.
3. Each ISDN BRI circuit can be configured to provide two CO lines or interface to one BRI station. Each circuit uses 2 CO lines and
2 station ports of system capacity regardless of how it is configured (line or station).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-25

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 4: Page/MOH/Control Relay
Worksheet 4: Page/MOH/Control Relay
Up to two BIOU interfaces can be installed to provide the following interfaces:
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4___ 5___ 6___
Feature
1 BIOU
2 BIOUs
Enter No. of Required BIOUs
Page Zone Relays
4
8
Control Relays1
4
8
MOH/BGM Device Interface2
3
6
Page Outputs3
1
2
1. The CTX100 processor provides one built-in control relay.
2. CTX100 and CTX670 processors each provide one built-in MOH/BGM interface (RCA jack).
3. CTX100 processor provides one built-in 600 ohm page output. Each BIOU provides a 600 ohm and 3-watt page output on
the CTX670 only.
4. Control relays provide closures for a door lock, page mute, night service and night bell contact.
Worksheet 5: Strata CTX100 Cabinet Slots
Write in the PCBs installed in each cabinet slot in the Cabinet Diagram below. Use the PCB
placement guideline below to place PCBs in the correct slots. A number of tables provide CTX100
capacities and configuration examples in this section.
CTX Base Cabinet Slots
CTX Expansion Cabinet Slots
ACTU
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
(AETS___)
(AMDS__)
(ARCS__)
(BSIS__)
S109
(ASTU__)
For cost-effective configurations, try to fit all PCBs into the CTX100 Base Cabinet. This allows up
to 16 loop start COs by 32 DKTs, and up to 24 T1 or PRI COs by 40 DKTs.
·
If loop start CO and DKT combinations are required, use CTX100-ECONOPKG (RCOU,
ADKU with common equipment) for up to four CO by eight DKTs or CTX100-ECONOTWO
(two RCOU, two ADKU with common equipment) for eight CO lines by 16 DKTs or greater.
Otherwise, use CTX100-0X8PKG.
·
If more than 16 channels are required on an RDTU, BPTU, RPTU, place PCB in S103. Slot 104
is available for another PCB.
·
BIPU-M2A, BIPU-M1A or BIPU-Q1A can be installed in any slot to provide 16 channels.
·
If 9~16 DKTs require Speaker OCA, place BDKU/BDKS PCBs in S103 if it is available.
·
Place other required PCBs according to the guidelines herein.
·
Consult the following tables of maximum system capacity slot configurations as guidelines for
PCB slot placement.
·
Check system capacities in Tables 2-3~2-7 to confirm that the features to be used are within
limitations.
2-26
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 5: Strata CTX100 Cabinet Slots
Notes
1. Always check the cabinet power factors using Worksheet 7 to make sure the installed PCBs and
telephones do not exceed the power factor limitations.
2. ACTU processor optional subassembly functions (see "CTX100 Processor Optional
Subassemblies" on page 2-3). Any PCB plus its PCB subassembly can be installed in any slot
with the exception of RDTU, BPTU, RPTU PCBs that support more than 16 channels, and
BDKU/BDKS PCBs that support Speaker OCA.
3. RDTU, BPTU, RPTU PCBs can be placed in any odd numbered slot using the following rules:
·
If RDTU, BPTU or RPTU is placed in Slot 103 (preferred) with 8, 16 or 24 channels,
C
another PCB can still be installed in S104.
o
St
nfigu
r
·
If RDTU, BPTU or RPTU is placed in Slots 101, 105, or 107 with 8 or 16 channels, another
ata
PCB can still be installed in the next slot; however, if 17~24 channels are required the next
C
ration T
even slot must be vacant.
X
·
RDTU and/or BPTU or RPTU can be placed in any odd slot. If more than 16 channels are
required, the next slot must be vacant, except if the PCB is placed in slot 103, which
provides up to 32 time slots for RDTU, BPTU, or RPTU. Max. BPTU or RDTU channels =
64; max. RPTU channels = 48.
·
If only 16 B channels of PRI are needed, another card can be installed in the next slot. The
position of D-channels can still be set to the 24th channel because the data of the D-channel
is passed through the data highway, not the PCM highway. The position of the D-channel
doesn't affect the installation of cards in the CTX.
4. Digital telephone PCBs that support Speaker OCA can be placed in slots using the following
rules:
·
If ADKU, BDKU (without BDKS) or PDKU must support Speaker OCA, it can be installed
in any slot; another PCB can be installed in the next even slot.
·
If a BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS PCB must support Speaker OCA it can only be installed in
Slot 103; another PCB can be installed in S104.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-27

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
The tables in this section summarize the maximum capacities of digital telephones with various
types of line circuits. A PCB placement diagram for each numbered configuration follows tables.
Digital Telephones and Loop Start Lines With or Without Caller ID
Table 2-11
CTX100 Base Cabinet with Analog, Loop Start Lines
4 Universal Slots
40 Stations (Max.)
24 CO lines (Max.)
44 Stations + Analog loop start lines combined (Max.)
Table No.
Stations
Analog loop start lines
2-12
40
4 (none can have Caller ID)
2-13
32
8 (all can have Caller ID)
2-14
32
16 (none can have Caller ID)
2-15
16
16 (8 can have Caller ID)
2-16
241
8 (none can have Caller ID)
1. Using ADKU.
Table 2-12
CTX100 Base: 40 stations, 4 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S1031
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
ADKU
RCOU
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
1. S103 is only 8 DKTs and S104 is only 4 lines because of cabinet
power factor
2-28
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
Table 2-13
CTX100 Base: 32 stations, 8 loop start lines, 8 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 CLID
Table 2-14
CTX100 Base: 32 stations, 16 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
Co St
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
nfigu
ra
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
ta C
ration TX
Table 2-15
CTX100 Base: 16 stations, 16 loop start lines, 8 CLID

S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
8 CLID

Table 2-16
CTX100 Base: 24 stations with ADKU, 8 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
RCOU/
ADKU
ADKU
ADKU
RCOS
8 DKTs
8 DKTs
8 DKTs
8 lines
Analog Loop Start Lines with or without Caller ID
Table 2-17
CTX100 Base and Expansion Cabinet with Analog Loop Start Lines
8 Universal Slots
72 Stations (Max.)
56 CO lines (Max.)
92 Stations + Analog Loop Start Lines combined (Max.)
Table No.
Stations
Analog loop start lines
2-18
72
20 (none can have Caller ID)
2-19
72
16 (8 can have Caller ID)
2-20
64
32 (none can have Caller ID)
2-21
64
24 (8 can have Caller ID)
2-22
64
16 (all can have Caller ID)
2-23
48
40 (none can have Caller ID)
2-24
48
32 (8 can have Caller ID)
2-25
48
24 (16 can have Caller ID)
2-26
32
48 (none can have Caller ID)
2-27
32
40 (8 can have Caller ID)
2-28
32
32(16 can have Caller ID)
2-29
32
24 (24 can have Caller ID)
2-30
16
32 (24 can have Caller ID)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-29

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
Table 2-18
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 72 stations, 20 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S1031
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU
ADKU
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
8 DKTs
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
1. S103 is only 4 lines and S104 is only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-19
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 72 stations, 16 loop start lines, 8 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S1041
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
ADKU
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 DKTs
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
1. S104, only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-20
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 64 stations, 32 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
Table 2-21
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 64 stations, 24 loop start lines, 8 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
Table 2-22
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 64 stations, 16 loop start lines, 16 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 lines
Table 2-23
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 48 stations, 40 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines

Table 2-24
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 48 stations, 32 loop start lines, 8 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
2-30
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
Table 2-25
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 48 stations, 24 loop start lines, 16 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 lines
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
Table 2-26
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 32 stations, 48 loop start lines, 0 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
Co St
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
nfigu
ra
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
ta C
ration TX
Table 2-27
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 32 stations, 40 loop start lines, 8 CLID

S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
Table 2-28
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 32 stations, 32 loop start lines, 16 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
Table 2-29
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 32 stations, 24 loop start lines, 24 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 CLID
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
Table 2-30
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 16 stations, 32 loop start lines, 24 CLID
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCOU/
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
RCIU/RCIS
BDKS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
RCOS
16 DKTs
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
8 CLID
8 lines
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-31

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
CTX100 Base Only: Digital Telephones and T1 and/or PRI lines
RPTU2 (PRI) is limited to 48 channels; RDTU2 and BPTU (T1) are limited to 64 channels.
Table 2-31
CTX100 CTX Base Cabinet with T1 and/or PRI lines
4 Universal Slots
40 Stations (Max.)
48 lines (Max.)
64 Stations + T1 and/or PRI or IP-QSIG lines combined (Max.)
Table No.
Stations
T1 and/or PRI lines
2-32
40
24/23
2-33
32
40/40
2-34
16
48/46
Table 2-32
CTX100 Base: 40 stations and 24 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S1041
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxTU22
ADKU
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
24 lines
8 DKTs
1. S104, only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
2. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).
Table 2-33
CTX100 Base: 32 stations and 40 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxTU2
RxTU21
BDKS
BDKS
16/15 lines
16 DKTS
24/23 lines
16 DKTS
1. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).

Table 2-34
CTX100 Base: 16 stations and 48 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
Vacant
BDKU/
RxTU2
RxTU21
(Shared)
BDKS
24/23lines
24/23 lines
16 DKTS
1. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).
2-32
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
CTX100 Base & Expansion: Digital Telephones and T1 and/or PRI lines
8 Universal Slots
72 Stations (Max.)
64 lines (Max.)
112 Stations + T1 and/or PRI or IP-QSIG lines
combined (Max.)
Stations
T1 and/or PRI lines1
72
40/40
64
48/48
56
56/48
Co St
nfigu
48
64/48
rata
1. PRI lines are limited to 48B channels.
C
ration TX
Table 2-35
CTX100 Base and Expansion: 72 stations and 40 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S1041
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxTU2
ADKU
RxTU22
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
24 lines
8 DKTs
16 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
1. S104, only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
2. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).
Table 2-36
CTX100 Base and Expansion: 56 stations and 56 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S1041
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
Vacant
BDKU/
RxTU2
ADKU
RxTU22
RDTU2
BDKS
BDKS
(Shared)
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
24 lines
8 DKTs
24 lines
8 lines
16 DKTs
1. S104, only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
2. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).
Table 2-37
CTX100 Base and Expansion: 48 stations and 64 T1 and/or PRI lines
S101
S102
S103
S1041
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
Vacant
RxTU2
ADKU
RxTU22
RDTU2
ADKU
BDKS
BDKS
(Shared)
16 DKTS
16 DKTS
24 lines
8 DKTS
24 lines
16 lines
8 DKTs
1. S104, only 8 DKTs because of cabinet power factor.
2. RxTU2 could be RDTU2 (T1), RPTU2 or BPTU (PRI).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-33

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
CTX100 Base Only: Digital Telephones and Analog Tie, DID, and/or
Ground Start Lines
Table 2-38
CTX100 Base Cabinet with Analog Tie, DID and /or Ground Start Lines
4 Universal Slots
40 Stations (Max.)
16 CO lines (Max.)
40 Stations + Analog Tie, DID, Ground Start Lines combined (Max.)
Analog Tie, DID, and/or Ground Start
Table No.
Stations
Lines
2-39
40
4 line (Ground Start only)
2-40
32
8 lines (4 Tie/DID max.).
2-41
24
8 line any type
2-42
16
12 line any type
2-43
0
16 line any type
Table 2-39
CTX100 Base: 40 stations, 4 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
ADKU
RGLU1
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
1. RGLU ground start lines only because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-40
CTX100 Base: 32 stations, 4 Tie or DID and 4 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxxU1
RGLU2
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie) or RDDU (DID).
2. RGLU ground start lines only because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-41
CTX100 Base: 24 stations, 8 Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
ADKU
RxxU1
RxxU
BDKS
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start
lines.
2-34
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
Table 2-42
CTX100 Base: 16 stations, 12 Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
BDKU/
RxxU
RxxU1
RxxU
BDKS
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start
lines.
Table 2-43
CTX100 Base: 0 stations, 16 Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
C
S101
S102
S103
S104
o
St
nfigu
ra
RxxU1
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
ta C
r
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
ation
TX
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start

lines.
CTX100: Analog Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
Table 2-44
CTX100 Base and Expansion Cabinet with Analog Tie, DID and/or Ground
Start Lines
8 Universal Slots
72 Stations (Max.)
32 CO lines (Max.)
80 Stations + Analog Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines combined
(Max.)
Table No.
Stations
Analog Tie, DID, and/or Ground Start Lines
2-45
72
12 lines (4 Tie/DID max.)
2-46
64
16 lines (8 Tie/DID max.)
2-47
56
16 lines (12 Tie/DID max.)
2-48
48
16 lines any type
2-49
48
20 lines (16 Tie/DID max.)
2-50
32
24 lines any type
2-51
16
28 lines any type
Table 2-45
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 72 stations, 4 Tie or DID and 8 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
ADKU
RGLU2
BDKU/
RxxU1
RGLU2
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
2. RGLU can not be substituted with REMU or RDDU because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-46
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 64 stations, 8 tie or DID and 8 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxxU
RGLU2
BDKU/
RxxU1
RGLU2
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
2. RGLU can not be substituted with REMU or RDDU because of cabinet power factor.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-35

Strata CTX Configuration
CTX100 Max. Capacity Configuration Examples
Table 2-47
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 56 stations, 12 Tie or DID and 4 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
ADKU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU1
RGLU2
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
2. RGLU can not be substituted with REMU or RDDU because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-48
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 48 stations, 16 Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
ADKU
RxxU1
RxxU
ADKU
RxxU
RxxU
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
16 DKTs
8 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
Table 2-49
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 48 stations, 16 Tie or DID and 4 Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxxU1
RGLU2
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
BDKS
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
2. RGLU can not be substituted with REMU or RDDU because of cabinet power factor.
Table 2-50
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 32 stations, 24 Tie, DID and/or Ground Start Lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
BDKU/
RxxU1
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
BDKS
BDKS
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
Table 2-51
CTX100 Base & Expansion: 16 stations, 28 lines
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
BDKU/
RxxU1
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
RxxU
BDKS
16 DKTs
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
4 lines
1. RxxU can be REMU (Tie), RDDU (DID), or RGLU ground start lines.
2-36
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
The cabinet diagram below enables you to write in the PCBs installed in each cabinet slot. Use the
PCB placement guideline below to place PCBs in the correct slots. Fill in the PCBs that go into
each slot from the PCB quantities determined in the worksheets on the previous pages and the
information provided in this worksheet. After completing Worksheet 6, Worksheet 7 must be
completed to verify that the cabinet power factors do not exceed 85.
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4___ 5___ 6___
CTX Cabinet Slots
Base
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
Co St
BCTU
BEXU
nfigu
r
(AMDS, BSIS)
a
PCB Type
ta
BECU
BBCU
C
r
(BEXS, BSIS) (BBMS)
ation
TX
Cab 2
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210

PCB Type
Cab 3
S301
S302
S303
S304
S305
S306
S307
S308
S309
S310
PCB Type
Cab 4
S401
S402
S403
S404
S405
S406
S407
S408
S409
S410
PCB Type
Cab 5
S501
S502
S503
S504
S505
S506
S507
S508
S509
S510
PCB Type
Cab 6
S601
S602
S603
S604
S605
S606
S607
S608
S609
S610
PCB Type
Cab 7
S701
S702
S703
S704
S705
S706
S707
S708
S709
S710
PCB Type
Notes
O
B101/B102 Main processor slots. AMDS, BEXS, BBMS, BSIS are optional subassembly PCBs (see "CTX100
Processor Optional Subassemblies" on page 2-3).
O
Cabinet slots marked with provide 8 time slots; all other slots provide 16 time slots.
O
BIPU-M and BIPU-Q can be installed in slots with 16 time slots only. Slots that provide 8 time slots (marked with ) do
not support BIPU cards. BIPU PCBs can only be placed in 16 channel slots.
Important!
If a BIPU-M or BIPU-Q is installed RCOU1A, RCOS1A RDDU1A, RGLU1A, RGLU2A, and two-wire
REMU cards should not be installed to avoid excessive Echo Return Loss (ERL).
O
Any combination of up to 96 (basic processor) or 264 (expanded processor) RPTU, BPTU and RDTU channels can be
installed in the CTX670.
O
RDTU, BPTU and RPTU PCBs can only be placed in odd slots of the Base Cabinet and slots S_01, S_03, and S_05 in
any Expansion Cabinet. If 17 or more channels are used, the next highest slot adjacent to the RDTU, BPTU, or RPTU
slot cannot be used. Slots adjacent to 8 or 16 channel RDTU, BPTU or RPTU PCBs can be used.
O
The maximum number of RDTU and/or RPTU cards is determined by the CTX system line capacity. Any number of line
interface cards (RDTU, RPTU, BPTU, RCOU/RCOS, REMU, RDDU, RGLU, BIPU-Q1A) can be installed, providing that
the quantity of lines and channels do not exceed the CTX system's line capacity.
O
If only 16 B channels of PRI are needed, another card can be installed in the next slot. The position of D-channels can
still be set to the 24th channel because the data of the D-channel is passed through the data highway, not the PCM
highway. The position of the D-channel doesn't affect the installation of cards in the CTX.
O
Network clock signals can only be derived from digital trunk PCBs, such as the RDTU and RPTU, that are installed in the Base
Cabinet (Master) location. Do not install these digital trunk cards into the Remote Cabinets.
O
BDKU, PDKU, RDSU without Speaker OCA can be in any available slot in any cabinet. BDKU, PDKU, RDSU with
Speaker OCA can be in any available slots in the Base and S_01~S_06 in all Exp. Cabs.
O
BDKU/BDKS or BWDKU without Speaker OCA can be in any available slots in the Base and S_01~S_06 in the
Expansion Cabs. It is recommended you not install Speaker OCA telephones on the BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS. If
you do, it must be in an odd slot and the next slot must be vacant.
O
If the BWDKU is placed in slots 7~10, it must be set for 8 circuits with PCB jumper and in Program 100.
O
Maximum 80 digital telephones per shelf due to the Power Factor restriction.
O
For more details, see the following Placement Guidelines section.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-37

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
PCB Placement Guidelines
Install the RRCU PCBs in the Base Cabinet first. Station, line and option PCBs can be mixed in
cabinets in any pattern. Do not skip slots except for vacant slots that provide RDTU, BPTU or
RPTU capacity. Also, do not skip slots except for vacant slots that provide for BBKU/BDKS with
Speaker OCA. Refer to Tables 2-54 and 2-55. Toshiba recommends placing the RDTU, BPTU or
RPTU, BWDKU and BDKU/BDKS PCBs first because they have special placement rules. Use the
following numbered sequence as a guide to installing the PCBs.
Important!
When placing PCBs, do not install more than five BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS PCBs
in the same cabinet. Five BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS PCBs support 80 digital
telephones, which brings the cabinet power factor to 82.25. Adding more PCBs of
any type to a cabinet that has five BWDKU or BDKU/BDKS PCBs may cause the
cabinet to exceed its power factor (85 max.). See Worksheet 7.
Step 1: Processor PCBs
·
BCTU (slot B102) or the older BECU (Slot B101)/ BBCU (slot B102), are required for system
operation.
·
The BCTU will support up to two cabinets without the BEXU. With the BEXU, up to 7
cabinets are supported.
·
The BECU/BBCU supports up to two cabinets without the BEXS/BBMS expansion
subassemblies. BEXS and BBMS subassembly PCBs are required for 3 to 7 cabinet systems.
·
BSIS subassembly PCB is required for SMDR and/or SMDI or Toshiba Proprietary Voice Mail
RS-232 interface.
Note The BECU/BBCU and BCTU is licensed for 64 ports and four DTMF receivers from the
factory. If more capacity is required additional licenses must be uploaded to the processor.
See "Worksheet 9 Software Licenses" on page 2-54.
Step 2: Remote Cabinet PCBs
·
RRCU PCBs installed in the main location must be placed in Base Cabinet slots S102~S108 in
any order. Before installing other PCBs make sure there is a Base Cabinet slot available for
each RRCU PCB needed. An RRCU may occupy a vacant slot adjacent to RDTU, BPTU or
RPTU. An RRCU PCB in a remote location can support one or two remote cabinets and can be
installed in any slot of either cabinet.
The number of RRCU PCBs required in the Base and Remote Cabinet locations is shown in
Table 2-52:
Table 2-52
Main Processor PCB/ Remote Cabinet Configuration
RRCU PCBs
RRCU PCBs Needed at
Needed in
Remote Cabinet Configuration
Remote Location (s)
Base Cabinet
1
1 or 2 Remote Cabinets in one location
1
2 to 4 Remote Cabinets in two locations or 3 to 4 Remote
2
2
cabinets in one location.
3
3 cabinets if cabinets are in separate remote locations.
3
4
4 cabinets if cabinets are in separate remote locations.
4
5
5 cabinets if cabinets are in separate remote locations.
5
6
6 cabinets if cabinets are in separate remote locations.
6
2-38
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
·
Cables are provided according to the connectors on the RRCU card to which they are attached.
See Table 2-53 for connector information.
Table 2-53
Remote Cabinet Data Cables and Connectors
RRCU Connectors
Data Cables
M1
S1
M2
S2
BDCL1A-MS1
X
X
BDCL1A-M2
X
BDCL1A-S2
X
X = Applies to connector.
Co St
nfigu
Step 3: BIOU Interface PCB
rata
·
Up to two BIOU PCBs can be installed in any local/remote cabinet slot, except the BIOU may
C
ration T
not occupy a vacant slot adjacent to RDTU, BPTU or RPTU. See "Worksheet 4: Page/MOH/
X
Control Relay" on page 2-26 for BIOU functions.
Step 4: T1 Digital Line PCBs
·
See Worksheet 3: CO Line to determine RDTU PCB requirements.
·
RDTU must be placed in designated slots as shown in Table 2-54. The RDTU PCB can provide
up to 16 or 24 T1 lines. The RDTU slot provides 16 T1 lines, an additional eight lines requires
that the cabinet slot adjacent to RDTU be vacant. Up to 11 RDTU PCBs can be installed in a
fully expanded system
Table 2-54
RDTU PCB Cabinet Slot Configuration
T1 Channels
Slots
RDTU PCBs
Needed per
RDTU cabinet slot placement1
Needed
Needed1
Cabinet
Base Cabinet
1~16 1
S103-RDTU
1
17~24 2
S104-vacant2
24~40
3
S105-RDTU
2
41~48
4
S106-vacant2
49~64
5
S107-RDTU
3
65~72
6
S108-vacant2
Second through seventh cabinets
1~16 1
S_01- RDTU
1
17~24 2
S_02-vacant2
25~40
3
S_03- RDTU
2
41~48
4
S_04-vacant2
49~64
5
S_05-RDTU
3
65~72
6
S_06-vacant2
1. RDTU PCBs do not have to be installed in the order shown in this table. Example: If only one
RDTU is needed, it can be installed in any RDTU slot shown in the table so long as the slot is
supported by the installed processor.
2. The slot occupied by RDTU supports 1-16 channels; the slot adjacent to RDTU must be vacant
if channels 17 through 24 are needed.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-39

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
Step 5: ISDN PRI Digital Line PCBs
See Worksheet 3: CO Line to determine RDTU PCB requirements.
The BPTU or RPTU must be placed in designated slots as shown in Table 2-55. The BPTU or
RPTU PCB can provide up to 16 or 23 ISDN PRI lines. The BPTU or RPTU slot provides 16 PRI
lines, an additional seven lines requires that the cabinet slot adjacent to BPTU or RPTU be vacant.
Up to 11 RDTU PCBs can be installed in a fully expanded system.
Important!
BPTU1 or RPTU2 is required for QSIG Networking.
Table 2-55
BPTU or RPTU PCB Cabinet Slot Configuration
PRI Lines
Slots
BPTU or RPTU
BPTU or RPTU cabinet slot
Needed per
Needed
PCBs Needed1
placement1
Cabinet
Base Cabinet
1~16 1
S103 BPTU or RPTU
1
17~23 2
S104-vacant2
24~39
3
S105 BPTU or RPTU
2
40~46
4
S106-vacant2
47~62
5
S107 BPTU or RPTU
3
63~69
6
S108-vacant2
Second through seventh cabinets
1~16
1
1
S_01 BPTU or RPTU
17~23 2
S_02-vacant2
24~39
3
S_03 BPTU or RPTU
2
40~46
4
S_04-vacant2
47~62
5
S_05 BPTU or RPTU
3
63~69
6
S_06-vacant2
1. BPTU or RPTU PCBs do not have to be installed in the order shown in this table. Example: If
only one BPTU or RPTU is needed, it can be installed in any BPTU or RPTU slot shown in the
table so long as the slot is supported by the installed processor.
2. The slot occupied by RPTU supports 1-16 channels; the slot adjacent to RPTU must be vacant
if channels 17 through 23 are needed.
Step 6: Digital and Standard Telephone Station PCBs and the Stratagy DK Voice Mail
PCB
·
See Worksheet 2: Standard Telephone, Stratagy DK, IVP8 to determine station PCB
requirements.
·
BDKU (+ optional BDKS), PDKU, ASTU, BSTU, RSTU, RDSU/RSTS and the Stratagy DK:
Each PCB or PCB combination requires one slot. Refer to the Notes under the cabinet diagram
in Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots to determine into which slots these PCBs can be
installed. BDKU/BDKS, PDKU, ASTU, BSTU, RSTU and RDSU/RSTS PCBs cannot be
installed in slots left vacant for RDTU or BPTU or RPTU. Each PCB provides up to eight
circuits for the type of stations or Voice Mail ports it supports, except BDKU with BDKS
which provides 16 circuits for digital telephones.
2-40
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 6: Strata CTX670 Cabinet Slots
Step 7: ISDN BRI Digital Station PCBs
·
See Worksheet 3: CO Line to determine BRI station PCB requirements.
·
RBUU, RBUU with RBUS, RBSU, RBSU with RBSS: Each PCB or PCB combination
requires one slot. These PCBs can be installed in any slot, except a slot is left vacant to provide
capacity for RDTU, BPTU or RPTU as shown in Tables 2-54 and 2-55. Each single PCB
provides two BRI circuits and combination PCBs provide four BRI circuits, for the type of BRI
stations it supports. Each ISDN BRI station requires one BRI circuit.
Step 8: Analog and VoIP Tie Line PCBs
·
See Worksheet 3: CO Line to determine Analog and BVPU line PCB requirements.
Co St
nfigu
·
RDDU, RCOU, RCOU with RCOS, RGLU, REMU, and BVPU: Each PCB or PCB
rata
combination requires one slot. These PCBs can be installed in any slot, except a slot that is left
C
ration
vacant to provide capacity for RDTU, BPTU or RPTU as shown in Tables 2-54 and 2-55. Each
TX
PCB provides up to four circuits for the type of lines it supports, except RCOU with RCOS

which provides eight circuits.
Step 9: ISDN BRI Digital Line PCBs
·
See Worksheet 3: CO Line to determine ISDN BRI line PCB requirements.
·
RBUU, RBUU with RBUS, RBSU, RBSU with RBSS: Each PCB or PCB combination
requires one slot. These PCBs can be installed in any slot, except a slot that is left vacant to
provide capacity for RDTU, BPTU or RPTU as shown in Tables 2-54 and 2-55. Each single
PCB provides 2 BRI circuits (four lines) and combination PCBs provide four BRI circuits (8
lines), for the type of BRI Line it supports. Each ISDN BRI circuit provides two lines for the
Strata CTX system.
Step 10: Power Factor
·
After the Cabinets are configured calculate the power factor of each cabinet using Worksheet 7
System Power Factor Check.
Step 11: Check Systems Capacities
·
Check systems capacities in Tables 2-3~2-7 to confirm the features to be used are within
limitations.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-41

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check
Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check
The Strata CTX power supply was engineered for maximum cost efficiency to provide power for
the most configurations. Because of this design, there are some -24VDC power limitations for
telephone option hardware.
Each telephone/device and PCB has been assigned Power Factors (PFs) that reflect the amount of
power supply resources they consume. The Power Supply Unit has also been assigned Power
Factors that reflect how much power it can supply. To make sure the cabinet power supply is
operating within its limit, it is necessary to add up the PFs of each telephone/device and PCB
installed in each cabinet to verify that their total PFs do not exceed the Power Supply PF.
Use the worksheets on pages 2-44~2-45 to calculate that each cabinet's PF is within limits.
Important!
Power Factor Considerations:
·
The individual PCB and telephone power factors can be found on pages 2-43 and 2-44.
·
The sum of all PCB and telephones 24VDC PFs in a given cabinet cannot exceed:
IRU&7;
IRU&7;
·
The sum of all PCB +5VDC PFs in a given cabinet cannot exceed:
IRU&7;
IRU&7;
Telephones do not have +5VDC PFs.
·
If a cabinet PF is exceeded it is necessary to reconfigure the cabinet to meet PF limits.
·
If a cabinet's Power Factor is exceeded, cabinet or connected peripherals may malfunction
during ringing or voice paging, whereas normal operation will occur for idle telephones.
·
The Strata CTX100 and CTX670 power supplies provide a PF alarm LED and reset button. If
this LED is on, reset it with the reset button. Then recheck the cabinet PFs to make sure they
are within limits.
PCB Power Factor calculation examples are shown in Tables 2-56 and 2-57.
Table 2-56
Strata CTX Base Cabinet Example
PCB
Quantity
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
PDKU
2
1.6
0.6
RBSU + RBSS
1
3.1
0.3
RCOU + RCOS
1
3.6
4.0
BBCU
1
4.5
2.0
BECU
1
4.5
2.0
Total
6
17.3
8.9
Table 2-57
Strata CTX Expansion Cabinet Example
PCB
Quantity
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
RBSU + RBSS
1
3.1
0.3
RCOU + RCOS
1
3.6
4.0
Total
2
6.7
4.3
2-42
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check
Table 2-58 shows the individual PCB +5VDC and -24VDC power factors. -24VDC PF numbers
for telephones and devices are shown on page 2-44; telephones do not require +5VDC PF
considerations.
Table 2-58
PCB and Power Supply Power Factors
PCB Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
PCB Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
ACTU1, 2
1.1
0.5
RCIS1
0.3
0.1
ADKU
0.8
0.3
RCIU1, 2
0.7
0.2
AETS
0.2
0.1
RCIU2
0.7
0.2
ARCS
0.0
0.0
RCMS1
0.6
0.3
Co St
AMDS
1.3
0.5
RCOS1, 2
1.7
2.0
nfigu
ra
ASTU
0.3
0.5
RCOU (4 CO)
2.5
2.0
ta C
r
BCTU
8.5
3.4
RCOU + RCOS (8 CO)
3.6
4.0
ation
TX
BEXU
4.0
1.6
RCOU1, 2
1.9
2.0

BBCU1
4.5
2.0
RDDU1
2.6
7.0
BECU1
4.5
2.0
RDSU1 (-24VDC)
1.1
0.3
RDSU1 + R48S1
BEXS1
2.0
1.0
1.1
0.5
(-48VDC)
BBMS1
0
0
RDTU1, 2
1.8
1.0
BDKU1
0.8
0.3
RDTU3
0.2
0.6
BDKS1
0.4
0.15
REMU2/PEMU1
1.0
7.5
BIOU1
1.5
6.6
RGLU1, 2
2.1
2.5
BIPU-M2A, BIPU-M1A/
0.1
3.0
RMCU1
0.7
0.3
BIPU-Q1A
BPTU1
2.3
0.7
RPTU1, 2
2.6
1.0
BSIS1
1.0
0.5
RSTU1, 2, 3 (-24VDC)
1.4
0.5
RSTU1+ R48S
BSTU1 (-24VDC)
1.4
1.0
1.4
1.0
(-48VDC)
BSTU1 + R48S (-
RSTU2, 3 + R48S
1.4
2.3
4.0
2.3
48VDC)
(-48VDC)
BVPU1`
0.0
3.5
RRCU1
0.0
4.0
Stratagy iES32,
BWDKU
0.8
0.3
0
14
32 circuits
Stratagy iES32,
PCOU1, 2
1.9
2.0
0
14
16-circuits
PDKU1, 2
0.8
0.3
Stratagy IVP8
4.0
2.3
Power Supply
R40S1
0.0
2.8
(20.0)
(45.0)
APSU112 (CTX100)
Power Supply
RBSS1
0.6
0.3
(40.0)
(85.0)
BPSU672 (CTX670)
RBSS2
0.0
0.3
RBSU + RBSS
3.1
0.3
RBSU1
2.5
1.0
RBSU2
0.0
1.0
RBUS1
0.0
0.3
RBUU1
0.0
1.0
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-43

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check
Telephone/Device Power Factors
The power supply of each cabinet supplies a limited amount of power. Use the Worksheet below to
calculate the total Telephone/Device -24 VDC PF for each cabinet. Add it to the appropriate
cabinet in "Cabinet Power Factor Check" on page 2-45. Telephones do not have +5VDC PFs.
Main Location _______________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4____ 5___ 6____
Cabinet 1 (Base)
Cabinet 2 (Exp.)
Cabinet 3 (Exp.)
Cabinet 4 (Exp.)
Telephone/
Device
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
Qty.
Total
Qty.
Total
Qty.
Total
Qty.
Total
PF
PF
PF
PF
DKT (any series)
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
DDCB (with
x 1.2 =
x 1.2 =
x 1.2 =
x 1.2 =
MDFB)
DDSS Console
x 0.8 =
x 0.8 =
x 0.8 =
x 0.8 =
Add-on Module
x 0.4 =
x 0.4 =
x 0.4 =
x 0.4 =
(DADM)
BATI
x 0.7 =
x 0.7 =
x 0.7 =
x 0.7 =
Integrated BPCI
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
Standard Phone
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
(-48VDC)
Standard Phone
x 0.5 =
x 0.5 =
x 0.5 =
x 0.5 =
(-24VDC)
Power Failure
x 3.0 =
x 3.0 =
x 3.0 =
x 3.0 =
Unit (DPFT)
HHEU or BHEU
x 0.1 =
x 0.1 =
x 0.1 =
x 0.1 =
BVSU or DVSU
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
Total Power
Telephone PF ____
Telephone PF ____
Telephone PF ____
Telephone PF ____
Factor (PF)
Cabinet 5 (Exp.)
Cabinet 6 (Exp.)
Cabinet 7 (Exp.)
Telephone/Device
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
Qty.
Total
Qty.
Total
Qty.
Total
PF
PF
PF
DKT (any series)
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
DDCB (w.MDFB)
x 1.2 =
x 1.2 =
x 1.2 =
DDSS Console
x 0.8 =
x 0.8 =
x 0.8 =
Add-on Module
x 0.4 =
x 0.4 =
x 0.4 =
BATI
x 0.7 =
x 0.7 =
x 0.7 =
Integrated BPCI
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
Standard Telephone (-48VDC)
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
x 1.0 =
Standard Telephone (-24VDC)
x 0.5 =
x 0.5 =
x 0.5 =
Power Failure Unit (DPFT)
x 3.0 =
x 3.0 =
x 3.0 =
HHEU or BHEU
x 0.1 =
x 0.1 =
x 0.1 =
BVSU or DVSU
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
x 0.2 =
Total Power Factor (PF)
Telephone PF ____
Telephone PF ____
Telephone PF ____
Note PF varies by number of telephones because of station paging limit of 32 telephones. Always
use "1.0" for DKT telephones when calculating PFs for individual cabinets.
2-44
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Cabinet Power Factor Check
Cabinet Power Factor Check
1. Enter the PCB Type and PCB Power Factor for each cabinet slot (see Worksheets 5 and 7 for
PCB slot configuration).
2. Total the PCB PF for each cabinet.
3. Enter the Total Telephone PF for each cabinet (from the Telephone/Device Worksheet on the
previous page).
4. Make sure the Total Cabinet PFs do not exceed the limits noted below. If either PF exceeds its
limit, adjust the PCB/telephone placement to meet the PF requirement.
C
Note Total +5VDC PF of PCBs must be less than 20 for each CTX100 cabinet and 40 for each
o
St
nfigu
CTX670 cabinet. Total -24VDC PF of PCBs and telephones must be less than 45 for each
rat
CTX100 cabinet and 85 for each CTX670 cabinet.
a C
ration TX
CTX100
CTX100 Base Cabinet
CTX100 Expansion Cabinet
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
Slot
+5VDC
-24VDC
Slot
+5VDC
-24VDC
Type
Type
PF
PF
PF
PF
ACTU
ACTU
2.6
1.11
S105
S101
S106
S102
S107
S103
S108
S104
Total PCB PF
S109
ASTU
Total PCB PF
Total Phone PF
Total Phone PF
Total Cabinet PF
Total Cabinet PF
1. Power factor includes ACTU and all ACTU option PCBs.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-45

Strata CTX Configuration
Cabinet Power Factor Check
CTX670
CTX670 Cabinet 1 (base)
CTX670 Cabinet 2
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
Slot
Slot
Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
B101
S201
B102
S202
S101
S203
S102
S204
S103
S205
S104
S206
S105
S207
S106
S208
S107
S209
S108
S210
Total PCB PF
Total PCB PF
Total Phone PF
Total Phone PF
Total Cabinet PF
Total Cabinet PF
CTX670 Cabinet 3
CTX670 Cabinet 4
CTX670 Cabinet 5
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
Slot
Slot
Slot
Type +5VDC PF -24VDC PF
Type +5VDC PF -24VDC PF
Type
+5VDC PF -24VDC PF
S301
S401
S501
S302
S402
S502
S303
S403
S503
S304
S404
S504
S305
S405
S505
S306
S406
S506
S307
S407
S507
S308
S408
S508
S309
S409
S509
S310
S410
S510
Total PCB PF
Total PCB PF
Total PCB PF
Total Phone PF
Total Phone PF
Total Phone PF
Total Cabinet PF
Total Cabinet PF
Total Cabinet PF
CTX670 Cabinet 6
CTX670 Cabinet 7
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
PCB
Slot
Slot
Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
Type
+5VDC PF
-24VDC PF
S601
S701
S602
S702
S603
S703
S604
S704
S605
S705
S606
S706
S607
S707
S608
S708
S609
S709
S610
S710
Total PCB PF
Total PCB PF
Total Phone PF
Total Phone PF
Total Cabinet PF
Total Cabinet PF
2-46
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 8 CTX Primary AC and Reserve Power
Worksheet 8 CTX Primary AC and Reserve
Power
CTX100 AC Power Considerations
The power supply in each Strata CTX100 Base and Expansion Cabinet furnishes power to all of
the stations and some of the interface peripherals (see Table 2-59). The primary AC power for each
cabinet is 120VAC.
Table 2-59
Strata CTX100 Electrical Characteristics
Co St
nfigu
Strata CTX100 Primary AC Power Voltage
rat
Input AC
120VAC
a C
r
AC Frequency
60 Hz, Single-phase (48Hz~62Hz)
ation
TX
Watts per cabinet (maximum)
100 watts (maximum)

Strata CTX100 Primary Power Current Consumption (Rating in Amperes)

120VAC
1 cabinet
1.8 amps
2 cabinets
3.6 amps
Power Supply Unit (APSU112A)
-24VDC (-26.3~-27.8VDC, 3.2 DC amps)
+5VDC (+4.5~5.5VDC, 2.0 DC amps)
DC voltage output specification
-5VDC (-4.5~-5.5VDC, 0.2 DC amps)
+3.3VDC (+3.0~3.6VDC, 0.5 DC amps
CTX670 AC Power Considerations
The power supply in each Strata CTX670 Base and Expansion Cabinet furnishes power to all of
the stations and some of the interface peripherals (see Table 2-60). The primary AC power can be
120VAC, 208VAC or 240VAC. Systems containing six or seven cabinets require 208VAC or
240VAC.
Table 2-60
Strata CTX670 Electrical Characteristics
Strata CTX670 Primary AC Power Voltage
Input AC
115±10VAC or 208±20VAC or 240±20VAC
AC Frequency
50/60 Hz, Single-phase (48~62Hz)
Watts per cabinet (continuous)
180
Watts for five cabinet system
900
Strata CTX670 Primary Power Current Consumption (Rating in Amperes)

120VAC
208VAC
240VAC
1 cabinet
3.2 amps
2.2 amps
2.0 amps
2 cabinets
6.4 amps
4.4 amps
4.0 amps
3 cabinets
9.6 amps
6.6 amps
6.0 amps
4 cabinets
12.8 amps
8.8 amps
8.0 amps
5 cabinets
16.0 amps
11.0 amps
10.0 amps
6 cabinets
N/A
13.2 amps
12.0 amps
7 cabinets
N/A
15.4 amps
14.0 amps
Power Supply Unit (BPSU672)
-24VDC (-26.3~-27.8VDC, 6.0 DC amps)
DC voltage output specification
+5VDC (+4.5~5.5VDC, 4.0 DC amps)
-5VDC (-4.5~-5.5VDC, 0.8 DC amps)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-47

Strata CTX Configuration
Reserve Power (CTX100 and CTX670)
Determine CTX670 system miscellaneous power components in the following worksheet. (See
Tables 2-63 and 2-66 for component descriptions.) These components are not used on CTX100
systems.
Enter the number of cabinet power components needed:
Main Location ____________ Remote Location 1___ 2___ 3___ 4____5___ 6____
CTX670 Cabinet Power
Enter the Number
Components
Required
Spare Power Supply
BPSU672
RPSB2
AC Power Strips
BPSB240
208/240VAC Power Supply Cord
BACL240
PBTC-3M
Battery Cables
BBTC1A-2.0M
Battery DIstribution Box
BBDB
BCCB120
Conduit Box
BCCB240
Floor Mount Stand
BFIF
Reserve Power (CTX100 and CTX670)
Two or four customer-supplied 12VDC reserve batteries (80 ampere-hours max.) can be connected
to either system to maintain normal operation during a power failure (see Tables 2-61 ~2-64). The
batteries are kept in a highly-charged state by the power supply's battery charger and must be
connected when the system is operating normally. Fully charged batteries must be connected when
normal AC power is available, batteries cannot be connected after/during an actual power failure.
The battery changer is standard on the CTX670 power supply. An optional ABCS battery changer
must be used in the CTX100 power supply.
Table 2-61
CTX100 Reserve Power Characteristics
Battery Charger Characteristics
Maximum Battery Charger Drain (-24VDC)
Charger: current limiting
Nominal float voltage: 2.275 volts/cell
Base Cabinet
3.15 amps
Charge current: 280mA amps maximum
Base + Expansion Cabinets
6.30 amps
Battery discharge cut-off voltage: 20.5 ±0.5VDC
Table 2-62
CTX100 Typical Reserve Power Duration Estimates1
Number of Cabinets
1
2
Estimated operation time Two-battery configuration
25 hr.
12.5 hr.
Estimated operation time Four-battery configuration
50 hr.
25 hr.
DC Current Drain (-24VDC)
3.15 amps.
6.30 amps.
1. Assumes 80 ampere-hours with 12VDC batteries.
2-48
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
Table 2-63
CTX670 Reserve Power Characteristics
Battery Charger Characteristics
Maximum Battery Charger Drain (-24VDC)
1 cabinet
6.0 amps
Charger: current limiting
5 cabinets
30.0 amps
Nominal float voltage: 2.275 volts/cell
2 cabinets
12.0 amps
6 cabinets
36.0 amps
Charge current: 0.7 amps maximum
3 cabinets
18.0 amps
Battery discharge cut-off voltage: 20.5 ±0.5VDC
7 cabinets
42.0 amps
4 cabinets
24.0 amps
Co St
Table 2-64
CTX670 Typical Reserve Power Duration Estimates1
nfigu
rata
Number of Cabinets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
ration T
Estimated operation time
X
12.0 hr.
6.0 hr.
4.0 hr.
3.0 hr.
2.5 hr.
2.0 hr.
1.8 hr.

Two-battery configuration
Estimated operation time
24.0 hr.
12.0 hr.
8.0 hr.
6.0 hr.
5.0 hr.
4.0 hr.
3.5 hr.
Four-battery configuration
DC Current Drain
4.6
8.7
12.8
16.9
21.0
25.1
29.2
(-24VDC)
amps.
amps.
amps.
amps.
amps.
amps.
amps.
1. Assumes 80 ampere-hours with 12VDC batteries.
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
The type of cabinet mounting can have an effect the power requirements. There are two types of
mounting for the CTX100 and CTX670 (listed below).
·
Cabinet Wall Mounting The lightweight and compact design of CTX100 and CTX670
enables easy wall mounting. Wall Mounting requires no special hardware.
·
Cabinet Floor Mounting Only the CTX670 can be floor mounted (requires the BFIF
hardware kit). If floor mounting three or more cabinets, AC and reserve power must be
connected to the BCCB conduit connection box option by a licensed electrician. If more than
two cabinets require reserve power batteries, the BBDB must be installed.
Underwriters' Laboratory (UL) and local electrical codes require certain standards for connecting
commercial AC and reserve power to the Strata CTX system. Tables 2-63 and 2-66 describe which
assemblies may be required to meet UL and local electrical code standards.
The power distribution hardware for the CTX100 is shown in Table 2-65.
Table 2-65
CTX100 Cabinet Power Distribution Hardware
Option
Description
Strata CTX100 cabinet power supply is supplied with each cabinet. Operates with 120VAC as
APSU112
the system's primary power source and requires 1.8 amps AC per cabinet.
The power supply AC cord is 5 ft. long with a standard three prong plug.
A three-meter long battery cable is used to connect reserve power batteries to the ABCS battery
ABTC-3M
charger when the system has less than three cabinets. One reserve power cable is required for
each cabinet.
Option battery charger that is installed on the APSU112 power supply. One per cabinet is
ABCS
required with the ABTC-3M if connecting reserve power batteries to the CTX100.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-49

Strata CTX Configuration
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
Table 2-66
CTX670 Power Cabinet Hardware
Option
Description
Strata CTX670 cabinet power supply must be ordered for each cabinet. Operates with 120VAC,
208VAC, or 240VAC connected as the system's primary AC power source. It automatically
detects and adjusts to the type of primary AC power that is connected. The power supply is
BPSU672
included with each cabinet ordered but must be installed in the field.
Standard 9 ft. AC power cords with AC120VAC/15A plugs are provided with Strata CTX Base or
Expansion cabinets. When AC208V or AC240V power is used, a special AC cord, BACL240, is
required for each cabinet power supply and must be ordered separately.
Cabinet power strip for 120VAC primary power provides three standard 120VAC/15A outlets
(NEMA5-15R) and nine ft. AC power cord with standard 120VAC/15A plug (NEMA5-15P). This
unit is field installed inside system cabinet side panels. The system can use 12 amps. (max.).
One RPSB2 is required for two cabinet systems if the local electric code allows only one AC
power cord to be connected to the system.
RPSB2
If the local electric code allows only one AC power cord to be connected to the system, 208VAC
or 240VAC must be used as primary AC power for systems with four or more cabinets.
One RPSB2 is required for a three or four cabinet system if the local electric code allows two AC
power cords connected to the system.
Two RPSB2s are required for a five cabinet system if the local electric code allows two AC
power cords connected to the system.
Cabinet power strip for 208VAC or 240VAC primary power - provides three 240VAC/20A outlets
(NEMA 6-20R) and 9ft. AC power cord with a standard 240VAC/20A plug (NEMA 6-20P). This
unit is field installed inside system cabinet side panels. The system can use 16 amps. (max.).
One BPSB240 is required for two or three cabinet systems.
Two BPSB240s are required for four or five cabinet systems.
BPSB240
Local electric codes allow only one AC power cord to be connected to the system when using
208VAC or 240VAC as the primary AC power.
BPSB240 conforms to the National Electric Code standards. If using 208VAC as primary power,
the plug on the BPSB240 AC power cord that exits the cabinet (NEMA 6-20P) may have to be
changed to a twist-lock type by a certified electrician to conform with local electric codes.
AC208V or AC240VAC nine ft. power supply cord. The cord is rated at 10 amps. (max.) and
must be used when the system is powered by 208VAC or 240VAC. One cord is required for
each cabinet power supply and must be ordered separately only if using 208VAC or 240VAC as
the system primary AC power.
BACL240
The cord is equipped with a 250VAC/20A plug (NEMA 6-20P) which is standard for 240VAC. If
using 208VAC as the system primary power this cord may have to be changed by a certified
electrician for one or two cabinet installations. If using three or more cabinets, a BPSB240
power strip is required and the power strip plug may have to be changed by a certified
electrician depending on local electric codes.
A three-meter long battery cable is used to connect reserve power batteries to the system
power supply when the system has less than three cabinets. One reserve power cable is
PBTC-3M
required for each cabinet in a one or two cabinet system (wall or floor mount). The cable
connects the Strata CTX670 cabinet power supply directly to the battery terminals (a BBDB is
not required).
2-50
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
Table 2-66
CTX670 Power Cabinet Hardware (continued)
Option
Description
Strata CTX reserve power battery distribution box is required when connecting reserve power
batteries to three or more cabinets (wall or floor mount). The box is field installed into one of the
Strata CTX cabinet side panels.
BBDB
The BBDB provides seven BBTC2A-2.0M, battery distribution cables to connect reserve power
from the BDDB box to each individual cabinet power supply.
One or two BBTC1A-2.0M must be ordered separately when using the BBDB battery
distribution box.
A two-meter battery cable used to connect reserve power batteries to the BBDB battery
Co St
BBTC1A-
distribution box. One reserve power cable is required in a three or four cabinet system and two
nfigu
r
2.0M
cables are required for five, six or seven cabinet systems (wall or floor mount). The cable
ata
connects Strata CTX BBDB box directly to the battery terminals.
C
ration TX
Strata CTX conduit connection box is installed in the bottom cabinet, side panel. It is used to

hardwire Primary AC power and reserve battery power connections through conduit. These
boxes are required by UL for three or more floor mounted cabinets. Conduit boxes are not
BCCB120
required for wall mounted systems with any number of cabinets or floor mounted system with
or
one or two cabinets. They can be used as an option on any system.
BCCB240
The BCCB120 is required when connecting AC120VAC as the primary power source and the
BCCB240 is required when connecting AC208VAC or AC240VAC as the primary power source.
BCCB conduit boxes must be field installed by a certified electrician.
Floor mount fixture kit is required when floor mounting Strata CTX cabinets.
Provides two metal stands for mounting any number of Strata CTX cabinets on the floor. Three
BFIF
pairs or wall brackets (RWBF) are supplied with BFIF to use when mounting three or more
Strata CTX cabinets on floor. The wall brackets are needed to secure floor-mounted systems to
the wall for safety purposes.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-51

Strata CTX Configuration
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
CTX670 Cabinet AC Power Component Requirements for Wall
Mounted Systems
Tables 2-67 and 2-68 show the cabinet parts required to distribute AC power for various
configurations of the Strata CTX cabinets.
Table 2-67
Wall Mount Cabinet Power Component Requirements for 120VAC Primary Power
Local Electrical Code
1 Cabinet
2 Cabinets
3 Cabinets
4 Cabinets
5 Cabinets
6 Cabinets
7 Cabinets
Allows only one
120VAC power cord
0 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
from system
Allows two 120VAC
power cords from
0 RPSB2
0 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
2 RPSB2
N/A
N/A
system
O
One dedicated, isolated, 20 amp. AC circuit breaker with dual outlets is required.
O
N/A= If the system contains more than three cabinets and if the local code allows only one AC cord, the
system requires a BCCB120 conduit box wired by a certified electrician when using 120VAC as primary
power. Otherwise, 208VAC or 240VAC should be used as the primary power source (see cabinet power
options listed below). If more than five cabinets are installed, 208VAC or 240VAC is required.
Table 2-68
Wall Mount Cabinet Power Component Requirements for 208VAC or
240VAC Primary Power
Local Electrical
1 Cabinet
2 Cabinets
3 Cabinets
4 Cabinets
5 Cabinets
6 Cabinets
7 Cabinets
Code
Allows One AC
1 BPSB240
1 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
power cord from
1 BACL240
2 BACL240
3 BACL240
4 BACL240
5 BACL240
6 BACL240
7 BACL240
system
Important!
The plugs and wall receptacles required by the local electrical code might differ for
208VAC and 240VAC. Thus in some areas of the U.S., the plug used on the Toshiba
240VAC power strip and 240VAC power supply cord (NEMA code 6-20P) can not
be used for 208VAC installations. In this case, when using 208VAC, the AC plugs on
the BPSB240 power strip cord that connects directly to the 208VAC wall outlet must
be changed by a certified electrician per the local electrical code.
2-52
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Primary/Reserve Power Cabinet Hardware
Cabinet AC Power Component Installation
After the cabinets have been floor mounted, the AC power components should be installed Tables
2-69 and 2-70 show the primary AC power components required for floor mounted systems.
Table 2-69
Floor Mount Cabinet Component Requirements for 120VAC Primary Power
Local
Electrical
1 Cabinet
2 Cabinets
3 Cabinets
4 Cabinets
5 Cabinets
6 Cabinets
7 Cabinets
Code
3 or more
1 BCCB1201 1 BCCB1201 1 BCCB1201
cabinets
1 -BCCB1201
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 RPSB2
2 RPSB2
2 RPSB2
N/A
require a
1 BFIF
C
conduit box
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
o
St
nfigu
ra
1. A BCCB120 conduit connection box must be installed and wired by a certified electrician per the local electrical code.
ta C
ration TX
Table 2-70
Floor Mount Cabinet Component Requirements for 208VAC or 240VAC Primary Power
Local
Electrical
1 Cabinet
2 Cabinets
3 Cabinets
4 Cabinets
5 Cabinets
6 Cabinets
7 Cabinets
Code
3 or more
1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401
1 BCCB2401
cabinets
1 BACL240
1 BPSB240
1 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
2 BACL240
require a
1 BFIF
3 BACL240
4 BACL240
5 BACL240
6 BACL240
7 BACL240
conduit box
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1. A BCCB240 conduit connection box must be installed and wired by a certified electrician per the local electrical code.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-53

Strata CTX Configuration
Worksheet 9 Software Licenses
Worksheet 9 Software Licenses
Enter the quantity of software license(s) required for your hardware configuration using the
following worksheet.
Strata CTX
Part Number
Comments
Qty
Software Licenses
Required for every 4 ports used for trunks or
4-port Line/Station License
LIC100-4 PORTS
stations beyond the 32 ports bundled with the
for CTX100.
CTX100 processor (maximum total of 112 ports).
Required for every 4 ports used for trunks or
4-port Line/Station License
LIC670-4 PORTS
stations beyond the 64 ports bundled with the
for CTX670.
CTX670 processor (maximum total of 672 ports).
Required for activation of 4 DTMF receiver ports
4-port DTMF Receiver
number 5 and above on CTX100 system.
LIC100-4 DTMF
License for CTX100 Ports
Maximum 16 DTMF receiver ports per system.
5~16 and above.
ARCS required.
4-port DTMF Receiver
Required for activation of 4 DTMF receiver ports
LIC670-4 DTMF
License for CTX670 Ports
number 5 and above on CTX670 system.
9~32 and above.
Maximum 32 DTMF receiver ports per system.
BSIS RS-232 serial port
interface for SMDI or
One circuit does not require a license, but circuits
Toshiba Proprietary Voice
LIC100-SER PORT
2~4 each require one LIC100-SER PORT
Mail (VM) interface, Call
license.
Accounting SMDR and
future applications.
BSIS RS-232 serial port
interface for SMDI or
One circuit does not require a license, but circuits
Toshiba Proprietary VM
LIC670-SER PORT
2~4 each require one LIC670-SER PORT
interface, Call Accounting
license.
SMDR and future
applications.
Strata Net QSIG
One required per system to network multiple
LIC100-QSIG NET
Networking Application
CTX100 systems using Strata Net QSIG
License.
networking features.
Strata Net QSIG
One required per system to network multiple
LIC670-QSIG NET
Networking Application
CTX670 systems using Strata Net QSIG
License.
networking features.
Licensing on the CTX will allow the concurrent
LIC SOFTDKT-1
Toshiba SoftDKTTM
connection of as many clients as you want,
provided that each client has a license).
SoftDKT license and
The license and CD-ROM can be purchased as a
SOFTDKT-LIC-PKG
CD-ROM
bundle.
2-54
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX Configuration
Hardware Compatibility
Hardware Compatibility
PCB compatibility for the Strata DK424, DK424i, CTX100 and CTX670 systems is shown in
Table 2-71.4.
Table 2-71
Hardware Compatibility
DK280 &
Category
Unit Name
DK424i
CTX100
CTX670
DK424
BCTU/BEXU
NC
NC
NC
X
BECU/BBCU with optional BBMS, BEXS,
NC
NC1
NC
X
BSIS
Processor Card
C
B_CAU/B_CBU cards for DK424i
NC
X
NC
NC
o
St
nfigu
RCTU cards for DK424
X
NC
NC
NC
rat
ACTU1, 2A-S and subassemblies
NC
NC
X
NC
a C
ration
BRCS-4/8/12
X
X
NC
NC
TX
RRCS-4/8/12
X
NC
NC
NC

DTMF Receiver Unit
Used for
ACTU1.
16/32
ARCS (16)
NC
NC
Built-in
Built-in
ACTU2.
BIOU
NC
NC
X
X
Optional Interface
BSIS NC
NC
X
X
Unit
PIOU, PIOUS, RSIU, RSIS
X
X
NC
NC
RSSU
X
X
NC
NC
Standard
BSTU, RSTU3, RDSU/RSTS
X
X
X
X
Telephone Interface
ASTU (R1.3 and higher)
NC
NC
X
NC
Electronic
PEKU, PESU
X
X
NC
NC
Telephone Interface
ADKU
NC
NC
X
NC
BDKU
X
X
X
X
BWDKU1A
X2
X
X
X
Digital Telephone
BDKS
NC
NC
X
X
Interface
BPCI
NC
NC
X
X
PDKU2 (DKT2000-series phones only)
X
X
X
X
RDSU, RSTS (DKT2000-series only)
X
X
X
X
IP Telephone
BIPU-M2A, BIPU-M1A3
NC
NC
X
X
Interface
BVPU
X
X
X
X
RCIU/RCIS
X
X
X
X
RCMU/RCMS
X
X
X
X
RCOU/RCOS4
X
X
X
X
CO Line Interface
RDDU
X
X
X
X
RDTU2, 3
X
X
X
X
REMU
X
X
X
X
RGLU2, RGLU3
X
X
X
X
RBSU/RBSS
X2
X
X
X
ISDN Interface
RBUU/RBUS
X2
X
X
X
BPTU1, RPTU2, RPTU
X5
X
X
X6
Remote Expansion
RRCU
X
X
NC
X
Cabinet Interface
Strata Net over IP-
BIPU-Q1A3
NC
NC
X
X4
QSIG Interface
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
2-55

Strata CTX Configuration
Hardware Compatibility
Table 2-71
Hardware Compatibility (continued)
DK280 &
Category
Unit Name
DK424i
CTX100
CTX670
DK424
EKT2000, EKT6000, EKT6500, HDSS,
X
X
NC
NC
HDCB
Stations and
Existing Proprietary Attendant Console
X
X
NC
NC
Terminal
DK424 PC Attendant
X
X
NC
NC
Equipment
Strata CTX PC Attendant Console, BATI
NC
NC
X
X
RPCI (RS-232C) - Data or TAPI
X
X
NC
NC
BPCI (RS-232C) - Data or Voice Record TAPI
NC
NC
X
X
Stations and
DKT10007
X
X
X
X
Terminal
DKT2000
X
X
X
X
Equipment
DKT3000
X8
X8
X
X
IPT1020-SD
NC
NC
X
X
Used for
ACTU1.
Ethernet LAN
AETS
NC
NC
Built-in
Built-in
ACTU2.
V.34 Admin Modem
AMDS
NC
NC
X
Built-in
DKSUB424 or DKSUB280
X
NC
NC
NC
Base Cabinet
CHSUB672
NC
X
NC
X
CHSUB112
NC
NC
X
NC
DKSUE424
X
NC
NC
NC
CHSUE672
NC
X
NC
X
CHSUE112
NC
NC
X
NC
Expansion Cabinet
Data Cable for Strata DK424 Expansion
X
NC
NC
NC
Cabinet
Data Cable for CTX670 Expansion Cabinet
NC
X
NC
X
Data Cable for CTX100 Expansion Cabinet
NC
NC
X
NC
RPSU424 (120VAC)
X
NC
NC
NC
BPSU672 (120VAC/208VAC/240VAC power
Power Supply Unit
NC
X
NC
X
supply)
APSU112 (120VAC)
NC
NC
X
NC
RCCB2
X
NC
NC
NC
Conduit
BCCB120 (120V box)
NC
X
NC
X
Connection Box
BCCB240 (240V box)
NC
X
NC
X
RBDB2
X
NC
NC
NC
Battery Distribution
BBDB1 (new Battery Dist. Box, 7 BBTC2A-
Box
X
X
NC
X
2.0M)
RPSB1 (120VAC power strip)
X
NC
NC
NC
Power Strip
RPSB2 (120VAC power strip)
X
X
NC
X
BPSB240 (240VAC power strip)
NC
NC
NC
X
PBTC-3M
X
X
NC
X
Battery Cable
BBTC1A-2.0M
NC
X
NC
X
ABTC-3M
NC
NC
X
NC
Battery Charger
ABCS1
Built-in
Built-in
X
Built-in
X = Compatible
NC = Not Compatible
1. If the BCTU, BEXU or BECU/BBCU replaces the DK424i processors, then the system is upgraded to a CTX670.
2. Jumper plugs on the BWDKU1A determine 8 or 16 DKT circuits and CTX or DK compatibility.
3. If a BIPU-M or BIPU-Q is installed RCOU1A, RCOS1A RDDU1A, RGLU1A, RGLU2A, and two-wire REMU cards should not
be installed to avoid excessive Echo Return Loss (ERL).
4. The RCOS1A cannot be installed on the RCOU3A. The RCOS3 can be installed on the RCOU1A.
5. Requires Release 4.x software.
6. BPTU1, RPTU2, or BIPU-Q1A is required for QSIG Networking.
7. DKT1000-series telephones do not support continuous DTMF tones.
8. Functions as a DKT2000.
2-56
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
3
This chapter explains how to install the Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 systems. It includes
information on site requirements, wiring diagrams, and step-by-step instructions on how to install
the unit(s), the ground wiring, AC power cabling, reserve power (battery backup) cabling, and
PCB cabling.
Inspection
1. When the system is received, examine all packages carefully and note any visible damage. If
CT
any damage is found, do not open the packages. Contact the delivery carrier immediately and
Strata
X100
make the proper claims.
CTX10
2. After unpacking (and before installing), check the system against the packing list and inspect
Ins
all equipment for damage. If equipment is missing or damaged, contact your supplier
talla
immediately.
0
tion
-S/
3. Be sure to retain original packaging materials for re-use when storing or transporting system
hardware.
Packaging and Storage
CAUTION! When handling (installing, removing, examining) PCBs, do not touch the
back (soldered) side or edge connector. Always hold the PCB by its edges.
³ When packaging and storing the system, remove PCBs from the system cabinet (the power
supply may remain installed in the cabinet for storage and shipment). PCBs should be
packaged in their original antistatic bags for protection against electrostatic discharge. Be sure
to package equipment in its original shipping containers.
Site Requirements
This section defines the installation site requirements necessary to ensure a proper operating
environment for the CTX100. Also included are grounding requirements.
Input Power
The Base Cabinet or the Base and Expansion Cabinet together require an input power source of
120VAC, 60 Hz, 15 amps. Each cabinet plugs into an AC power outlet. Each cabinet requires 1.8
amps AC from the power source or 3.6 amps AC combined. The power supply cord for each
cabinet is 4.5 ft. long with a standard three-prong 120VAC plug.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-1

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Site Requirements
The AC outlet is recommended to be dedicated and unswitched, with a solid third-wire ground.
(See "AC Power and Grounding Requirements" on page 3-4.) This eliminates interference from
branch circuit motor noise or the like, and to prevent accidental power-off. To avoid accidental
power turn-off, Toshiba recommends that you do not use an On/Off wall switch on this dedicated
AC circuit.
For the Strata CTX100, a reserve power source (two or four customer-supplied 12VDC batteries)
may be connected to the system to serve as a power failure backup.
Cabinet Size and Weight
The wall that will support the CTX100 should be able to support 35 lbs. The weight of each
cabinet is shown in Table 2-1 on page 2-2.
Clearance and Location
The minimum clearance requirements for the Strata CTX100 Base and Expansion cabinets are
shown in Figure 3-1.
Consider the following conditions when selecting a location for the Cabinet(s):
The location must be:
·
Dry and clean
·
Well ventilated
·
Well illuminated
·
Easily accessible
The location must not be:
·
Subject to extreme heat or cold
·
Subject to corrosive fumes, dust, or other airborne contaminants
·
Subject to excessive vibration
·
Next to television, radio, office automation, or high frequency equipment
If reserve power is to be installed for the Strata CTX100, the batteries will require a well-
ventilated location close (within nine feet) to the CTX100 (the optional Toshiba-supplied battery
cable is nine feet in length).
3-2
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Site Requirements
Front View
14.5"
24"
19.9"
24"
15.1"
CT
Strata
X100
Base Cabinet
Exp Cabinet
CTX10
Ins
talla
0
tion
-S/
Side View
Wall
10"
36"
36''
5910
Figure 3-1
CTX100 Base Cabinets and Expansion Clearance Requirements
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-3

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
Environmental Considerations
Table 3-1 provides a summary of the environmental characteristics.
Table 3-1
CTX100 Environmental Characteristics
Environmental Specifications
Operating temperature
32~104° F (0~40° C)
Operating humidity
20~80% relative humidity without condensation
Storage temperature
-4~140° F (-20~60° C)
BTU Rating (Base plus Expansion Cabinet)
ACTU (installed)
BDKU (5 installed)
190 Watts (56 watt hours for both cabinets)
RCOU/RCOS (1 installed)
Digital Telephones (40 installed)
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
The CTX100 requires a solid earth ground for proper operation. The five ft. AC power cord
contains a conductor for the "third-wire ground" provided by the commercial power outlet. The
third-wire ground should be the only ground necessary for each CTX100 cabinet; this ground must
originate at the building's main power distribution panel and have a solid connection to earth
ground. (See Figure 3-2.)
Third Wire Ground
from AC Power Cord
Third Wire
AC Ground
CTX 100 Base Cabinet
Power
Supply
4' 5"
A
Alternate Ground
Electrical Building
AC Voltage
Ground (Main Power
120VAC
Distribution Box)
AC Current
1.8 amps max.
5911
Figure 3-2
CTX100 Grounding Diagram
CAUTION! Lack of proper ground may cause improper operation and, in extreme cases,
system failure.
An inter-cabinet ground wire connecting the Base and Expansion cabinets is not necessary.
Power Considerations
The power supply in each Strata CTX100 Base and Expansion Cabinet furnishes power to all of
the PCBs and stations and some of the interface peripherals. The primary AC power for each
cabinet is 120VAC (see Table 2-59 on page 2-47).
3-4
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
AC Power and Grounding Requirements
AC Power and Third-wire Ground Test
Test the "third-wire ground" for continuity by either measuring the resistance between the third
prong terminal (earth ground) and a metal cold water pipe (maximum: 1 ohm), or by using a
commercially available earth ground indicator. If neither procedure is possible, perform the
following earth ground test procedure.
WARNING!
Hazardous voltages that may cause death or injury are exposed during the
following test. Use great care when working with AC power line voltage.
³ To perform the earth ground test procedure
1. Obtain a suitable voltmeter, and set it for a possible reading of up to 250VAC.
2. Connect the meter probes between the two main AC voltage terminals (white and black wires)
on the wall outlet. The reading obtained should be between 100~125VAC.
3. Move one of the meter probes to the third terminal (green wire ground). Either the same
reading or a reading of zero volts should be obtained.
4. If the reading is zero volts, leave one probe on the ground terminal and move the other probe to
CT
the second voltage terminal.
Strata
X100
CTX10
CAUTION! If a reading of zero volts is obtained on both voltage terminals (white wire to
Ins
green wire, black wire to green wire), the outlet is not properly grounded.
talla
Omit Steps 5 and 6, and see following CAUTION!
0
tion
-S/
5. If a reading of zero volts on one terminal, and a reading of 100~125VAC on the other terminal
is obtained, remove both probes from the outlet.
6. Set the meter to the "OHMS/Rx1" scale. Place one probe on the ground terminal, and the other
probe on the terminal that produced a reading of zero volts. The reading should be less than 1
ohm.
CAUTION! If the reading is more than one ohm, then the outlet is not adequately
grounded. If the above tests show the outlet AC voltage is not in range or is
not properly grounded, the condition should be corrected (per Article 250 of
the National Electrical Code) by a qualified electrician before the system is
connected.
Alternate or Additional Ground
If the "third-wire" AC ground can not practically be improved or if extreme motor noise or other
disturbance causes system malfunction, or if local area lightning storms exist, a separate direct
ground may be warranted.
Connect an alternate earth ground from a cold water pipe or earth grounding rod directly to the
screw terminal on the CTX100 power supply (see Figure 3-2).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-5

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 1: Remove Cabinet Covers
WARNING!
Ensure the power supply AC plug is not
plugged into the AC outlet.
1. Loosen the screws from the front cover to remove it.
2. Loosen the four screws from the top cover and slide it off.
3. Loosen the four screws from each side cover and pull the
covers forward to remove them.
6074
Figure 3-3
Cabinet Cover
Removal
Step 10: Remove the Back Cover from the Cabinet(s)
1. Remove and save the two screws from the back of the Base Unit.
2. Slide the metal cover about a half inch to the right (it will drop down and forward) to remove it.
3. If you are installing an Expansion Cabinet, remove one screw from the back of the Expansion
Cabinet. Slide the metal cover to the right to remove it.
Note The figure below show the position of the screws. Back covers should be removed before
the Base and Expansion cabinets are attached to each other.
EXPANSION
BASE
Remove 1 screw
5933
Figure 3-4
Base and Expansion Cabinet Back Covers
3-6
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 11: Check the Base/Expansion Power Supply Jumper
Plug
The APSU112A power supply is used in both CTX100 cabinets.
³ Check that the "BASE/EXP." jumper plug is connected to the proper power supply connector
as shown in Figure 3-14. The power supply has two connectors: one is labeled "BASE" and
the other "EXP."
·
If the power supply is mounted in the CTX100 Base Cabinet, the "BASE/EXP." jumper
plug must be plugged into the "BASE" connector.
·
If the power supply is mounted in the CTX100 Expansion cabinet, the jumper plug must be
plugged into the "EXP." connector.
Step 12: Mount the Base Cabinet
WARNING!
To prevent electrical shock, make sure the power supply is not plugged into
the AC outlet.
CT
Strata
1. Make sure the location of the Base Cabinet meets the minimum clearance requirements
X100
specified in Figure 3-1 on page 3-3.
CTX10
Ins
Note The Base Cabinet AC power cord is four feet, five inches long.
talla
2. Attach a 1/2" thick plywood back board to the wall where the CTX100 will be installed. Secure
0
tion
-S/
the back board to the wall with screws attached to the wall studs, shown in Figure 3-5.
3. Place the Base Cabinet back cover at the desired location on the back board using a level and
mark the location of the four screw holes (there is one on each corner).
4. Drill holes on these marks.
5. Secure the top two screws approximately two thirds of the way into the top two holes on the
back board.
6. Hang the Base Cabinet back cover from the top two screws and then secure the top and bottom
screws completely into the back board. The base back cover should now be tightly secured to
the back board. See Figure 3-5.
7. To mount the Base Cabinet, position the cabinet hanger holes onto back cover hangers (two on
top and two on the bottom as shown in Figure 3-6). Slide the cabinet to the left.
8. Secure the Base Cabinet to the back cover with a screw through the left side bracket of the back
cover to the Base Cabinet. (See Screw "A" in Figure 3-5.)
9. If you are installing an Expansion Cabinet, go to "Step 13: Mount the Expansion Cabinet (if
required)" on page 3-9. Follow the steps, then return to these steps.
10. Ground the system according to "AC Power and Grounding Requirements" on page 3-4.
11. Go to "Step 16: Set Jumpers and Install Option PCBs onto the ACTU" on page 3-20.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-7

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Stud
Flange
Plaster
Base
Board
Screw A
Hook
Base
Expansion
Expansi
on
Back Board
Flange
(1/2 Inch
Plywood)
Hook
5912
Figure 3-5
Cabinet Wall Mounting
Back Cover
Hanger
Bottom left
Unmount Cabinet
hanger is only

used on the
right and up
Base Cabinet
- Slide
Hanger Hole
5937
Moun
left t Cabinet
- Slid
e
Figure 3-6
Mounting CTX100 Cabinet on Back Cover
3-8
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 13: Mount the Expansion Cabinet (if required)
WARNING!
To prevent electrical shock, make sure the power supply is not plugged into
the AC outlet.
1. Turn Base Cabinet DC power switch Off. Remove the four screws on the right side cover of the
Base Cabinet.
2. Remove four screws from the right side of the Base Cabinet (since they will interfere with
attaching the Expansion Cabinet to the Base Cabinet later).
3. Remove the Expansion Cabinet back cover from the Expansion Cabinet (see Figure 3-4).
4. Place the Expansion Cabinet back cover next to the Base Cabinet back cover, making sure
expansion back cover hooks fit into the base back cover flanges (see Figure 3-5).
5. Mark the location of the four screw holes there is one on each corner.
Make sure the location of the Expansion Cabinet meets the minimum clearance requirements
specified in Figure 3-1 on page 3-3.
6. Drill holes on these marks.
CT
Strata
7. Place the Expansion Cabinet back cover on the wall back board and secure the back cover to
X100
the back board with four screws.
CTX10
Ins
8. On the right side of the AMAU motherboard inside the Base Cabinet, flip open the top and
t
bottom locks for data ribbon cable plug. Plug in the data ribbon and close the locks. Feed the
alla
0
ribbon through the side hole of the Base Cabinet.
tion
-S/
9. To mount the Expansion Cabinet, position it onto the back cover hangers.
Note Position the cabinet over the bottom right hanger first, and then carefully tilt the cover over
the top two hangers.
10.Slide the Expansion Cabinet to the left, feeding the data ribbon cable through the side hole of
the Expansion Cabinet.
11. Finish by securing the Expansion Cabinet to the Base cabinet with the two screws in front of
the cabinets where they join together. The expansion cabinet left-side flange fits over the Base
cabinet right side flange (see Figure 3-7).
12. On the AMAU motherboard of the Expansion Cabinet, flip open the two data ribbon locks,
plug in the data ribbon and close the locks. The data ribbon cable should now be connected to
the Base and Expansion cabinets.
13. Install PCBs into the Expansion Cabinet; follow the instructions in "Step 18: Install Other
PCBs into the Cabinet(s)".
Note The Base Cabinet DC power switch will be the master control for turning the DC power of
both cabinets On/Off.
14. Attach the outside covers on the Expansion Cabinet.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-9

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Left side of Expansion Cabinet fits
Flip open locks to plug in data cable.
over the right side of the Base
Push locks closed once cable is
Cabinet.
plugged in. Make sure locks are
closed.
2 - Screws
5969
S101 S102 S103 S104 S105 S106 S107 S108
Figure 3-7
Base and Expansion Cabinet Interior
Step 14: Install Reserve Power
Skip this step if you are not going to install reserve power batteries.
A reserve power source (two or four customer supplied 12VDC batteries) can be connected to the
CTX100 power supply equipped with an ABCS battery charger to ensure uninterrupted system
operation in the event of a power failure. The ABCS battery charger and a pre-assembled battery
cable (ABTC-3M) for connecting the batteries is available from Toshiba (see Figure 3-8).
Power Supply Four-Prong
ABCS1A
Connector (CN-501)
Four-Wire Plug
5970
Figure 3-8
CTX100 Power Supply (Top view)
3-10
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Reserve Battery Considerations
Important!
Local ordinances may dictate battery type and installation details.
The batteries require a well-ventilated location within nine feet of the system (the interface cable is
nine feet long).
WARNING!
To reduce the risk of fire or injury to persons, read and follow these
instructions:
³ Use only 12VDC gelcell batteries.
³ Do not dispose of the batteries in a fire. The cells may explode. Check
with local codes for possible special disposal instructions.
³ Do not open or mutilate the batteries. Released electrolyte is corrosive
and may cause damage to the eyes or skin. It may be toxic if swallowed.
³ Exercise care in handling batteries in order not to short the battery with
conduction materials such as rings, bracelets, and keys. The battery or
conductor may overheat and cause burns.
CT
³ Charge the batteries provided with or identified for use with this product
Strata
X100
only in accordance with the instructions and limitations specified in this
manual.
CTX10
Ins
³ Observe proper polarity orientation between the batteries and battery
talla
charger.
0
tion
-S/
Step 6A: Install the Optional ABCS1A Battery Charger
WARNING!
Whenever the cabinet top cover is removed, use extreme caution. Do not
touch any internal power supply components because hazardous voltages
may be exposed. Whenever adding/removing power supply components or
checking circuit breakers and fuses, unplug the power supply AC plug from
the AC source outlet.
1. Attach the ABCS1A to the inside wall of the Power Supply (see photos below). Fit the two
holes on the ABCS1A over the metal prongs of the power supply and align the two plastic tips
of the ABCS1A over the holes on the inside wall of the power supply. Snap the ABCS1A into
place. Pull on the ABCS1A to make sure that it's securely installed.
2. Attach the ABCS1A four-wire plug onto the power supply four-prong connector (CN-501).
Step 6B: Install the Battery Cable
1. A black jumper wire is supplied with the ABTC-3M cable. Connect the black jumper wire from
the positive terminal of one 12VDC battery to the negative terminal of the second 12VDC
battery (see Figure 3-9).
2. Ensure that a serviceable 10-amp fuse is installed in the in-line fuse holder of the ABTC-3M
battery cable.
3. Connect the white lead of the ABTC-3M battery cable to the open positive terminal of the
12VDC battery. Connect the black lead to the open negative terminal of the second 12VDC
battery.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-11

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
2-Batteries/1-Cabinet
2-Batteries/2-Cabinets
Base Cabinet Power Supply
Black jumper wire
+ ABCS CN-BAT
Base Cabinet Power Supply
12 Volt
12 Volt
Connnector

+
Batteries
ABCS CN-BAT
Batteries
80 AMP/
Exp. Cabinet Power Supply
Connnector
80 AMP/
+
HR Each
HR each
ABCS CN-BAT
Connnector

ABTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
10A Fuse
10A Fuse
ABTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
4-Batteries/1-Cabinet
4-Batteries/2-Cabinets
Base Cabinet
+
Base Cabinet Power Supply
ABCS CN-BAT
12 Volt
12 Volt
Connnector
+
Batteries
ABCS CN-BAT
Batteries
80 AMP/

Connnector
80 AMP/
Expansion Cabinet
HR Each
HR Each
+ ABCS CN-BAT
ABTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
Connnector
All Jumper Wires

10A Fuse
must be 16 AWG Wire
5934
ABTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
10A Fuse
Figure 3-9
Battery Wiring Diagram
4. Run the ABTC-3M battery cable from the batteries to the ABCS battery charger located in the
CTX100 power supply. Dress the battery cable within the CTX100 cabinet(s) carefully (see
Figures 3-10 ~3-13).
Important!
The CTX100 must be connected to the live operating (hot) AC power source, and the
power supply On/Off switch set to On prior to the final step of connecting the
reserve power battery cable to the ABCS battery charger. If the batteries are
connected after AC power is lost, reserve power will not function.
5. Connect the ABTC-3M battery cable two-prong female plug to the power supply
"CN-BAT" receptacle on the ABCS charger.
6. To test reserve power operation, disconnect the system AC power plug from the source outlet
while the power supply power On/Off switch in the On position. The AC and DC power lights
should be Off. The system should continue to operate without interruption or dropped calls.
7. Plug the AC power cable back into the outlet; make sure the power supply switch is On.
3-12
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
8. Confirm that the power supply is working properly. (AC Power lights should be On.)
Connector of Battery Cable to
Battery Charger CN-BAT Connector
ABTC-3M Battery Cable to Battery Charger
(Tuck into plastic retainer with
AC power cord.)
5992
CT
Strata
X100
Figure 3-10 Cable Wiring for the Base and Expansion Cabinets (Top view)
CTX10
Ins
talla
Base Cabinet
0
tion
-S/
ABTC-3M Battery Cable to the Battery Charger
ABTC-3M Battery Cable is
secured with a tie wrap.
5993
Figure 3-11 Cable Wiring for a Base Cabinet Only (Side view)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-13

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Base Cabinet (side view)
Base Cabinet
Expansion Cabinet
ABTC-3M Cable
6078
Run ABTC-3M Cable
from Base Cabinet along
shelf of Exp. Cabinet to
Battery Charger
Figure 3-12
Cable Wiring for the Base with an Expansion Cabinet
Expansion Cabinet
ABTC-3M Battery Cable
to Battery Charger
ABTC-3M Battery Cable
is secured with a tie wrap.
5996
Figure 3-13
Cable Wiring for the Expansion Cabinet (Side view)
3-14
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 15: Check Power Supply Circuit Breakers and Fuses
This step is only needed if you experience problems with the system.
WARNING!
Whenever the cabinet top cover is removed, use extreme caution. Do not
touch any internal power supply components because hazardous voltages
may be exposed. Whenever adding/removing power supply components or
checking circuit breakers and fuses, unplug the power supply AC plug from
the AC source outlet.
Step 7A: Check the -24 Volt Circuit Breakers
The APSU112 provides two -24v circuit breakers as shown in Figure 3-14. If a low resistance
between 24 volts and ground exists the circuit breaker will trip. Usually the front panel DC green
LED indicator will turn off but not always. Also if AC power is recycled the DC LED indicator
may turn back on even if the 24 volt circuit breaker is tripped.
Circuit Breaker Location and Slot Assignments (see Figure 3-14)
CT
·
The circuit breaker V1, located directly below the FG screw, protects the first and second
Strata
X100
cabinet slots.
CTX10
·
The circuit breaker V2, located next to the BASE jumper connector, protects the third and
Ins
fourth cabinet slots.
talla
0
Reset Circuit Breaker
tion
-S/
1. A defective PCB or an external short on the MDF may cause the circuit breaker to trip.
2. If you suspect that a 24 volt circuit breaker has tripped, try to reset it by:
·
Turn the power supply DC power switch off and unplug the power supply AC power cord
from the AC outlet the inside of the power supply has exposed voltages.
·
Gently press in each circuit breaker and listen for or try to feel it click. If the breaker was
tripped, you will hear or feel it click back to the set position.
·
If the circuit breaker resets, pull the PCBs and check for MDF shorts associated with the
slots assigned to the tripped circuit breaker. Remove any defective PCBs and MDF shorts.
·
Restore power and verify the system is working normally.
3. Replace the power supply if the circuit breaker continues to trip and a defective PCB or short
cannot be found. See "Step 7D: Remove and Replace the Power Supply (if required)" on page
3-17.
Step 7B: Check the AC Power Fuses
The APSU112 provides two AC power fuse as shown in Figure 3-14. If low resistance to ground
exists the fuse may blow. The front panel AC green LED indicator will turn off.
If you suspect that a AC fuse has blown you may check it by:
1. Turn the power supply DC power switch off and unplug the power supply AC power cord from
the AC outlet the inside of the power supply has exposed voltages.
2. Remove each fuse and check that it is less than 0.3 ohms. Replace the fuse if it is defective. The
fuse size is T6.3AH 250V.
3. If you replace the fuse and it continues to blow, pull the PCBs and check for cabinet shorts.
Remove any defective PCBs and cabinet shorts.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-15

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
4. Replace the power supply if the fuse continues to blow and a defective PCB or short cannot be
found. See "Step 7D: Remove and Replace the Power Supply (if required)" on page 3-17.
Step 7C: Check the Power Factor Indicator and Reset Button
The front panel of APSU112 provides a Power Factor LED and Reset button. If the cabinet power
factor is exceeded by overload of PCBs, the PF LED will turn on.
³ If the PF LED indicator turns on, press the PF reset button with a pointed tool or pencil. If the
PF LED turns off and does not turn on again it may have been turned on by a current surge
while installing a PCB while the power supply was turned-on.
³ When a PF alarm is indicated, check that the cabinet power factor is not exceeded using
"Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check" on page 2-42. If the Power factor has been
exceeded relocate any PCBs that are causing the PF to be exceeded.
V1
-24 Volt Circuit
Breakers:
AC Cord Third Wire Ground Screw
V2
AC Fuse
AC-IN Connector
AC Fuse
Motherboard
FG Wire Screw
BASE
Base Cabinet
Power Supply
Jumper
Connector
EXP
Expansion
Cabinet
Power Supply
Jumper
Connector
5997
Figure 3-14
Power Supply Connectors Top View
3-16
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 7D: Remove and Replace the Power Supply (if required)
The power supply (APSU112) comes factory-installed in the Base and Expansion Cabinets; if
necessary, it can be removed and replaced. If you do not need to replace the power supply, skip this
step.
Removing the Power Supply
WARNING!
Whenever the cabinet top cover is removed, use extreme caution. Do not
touch any internal power supply components because hazardous voltages
may be exposed. Whenever adding/removing power supply components or
checking circuit breakers and fuses, unplug the power supply AC plug from
the AC source outlet.
1. Make sure that the power supply switch is Off and that the AC power cable is not plugged into
an outlet. Confirm that the green AC LED is not lit (see Figure 3-15).
2. Remove the two screws in front of the Power
Supply (see Figure 3-15).
CT
Strata
X100
CTX10
Ins
talla
5998
0
tion
-S/
Two screws
Figure 3-15
Power Supply (APSU112)
3. Unplug reserve battery cable from CN-BAT
connector of power supply.

4. Unplug the DC cable from the "CN OUT"
connector (P16) and cut the tie-wrap. Be careful
not to cut any wires.
5. Remove the FG screw from left side of power
supply to free FG wire/terminal and ground
wire.
6. Remove the Power Supply from the Cabinet (see
Figure 3-16).
7. If you are going to remove the ABCS battery
charger, use pliers to unlock the plastic holders
of the ABCS1A.
8. Unplug the AC power cord from the AC-IN
connector.
Figure 3-16
ABCS Power Supply Removal
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-17

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Replacing the Power Supply
1. Make sure that the power supply switch is Off and that the AC power cable is not plugged into
an outlet.
2. Set the power supply in its proper place in the cabinet (see Figure 3-16).
3. Secure the power supply to the cabinet with the screws.
4. Connect the green/green-yellow wire from the AMAU motherboard to the FG screw on the
power supply.
5. Plug the DC cable into the CN OUT connector.
6. Install the ABCS battery charger.
7. Plug in the reserve battery cable to the CN-BAT connector of the ABCS battery charger.
8. Plug in the AC power cord connector into the AC-IN plug.
9. Insert and tight the two screws in front of the power supply (see Figure 3-15).
10.Plug the BASE/EXP jumper plug into the appropriate BASE or EXP connector on the power
supply (see Figure 3-14).
3-18
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 16: Set Jumpers and Install Option PCBs onto the ACTU
³ To install the ACTU2A
Refer to Figure 3-18 and perform the following steps on the ACTU2A.
1. Set the battery jumper, "BATT," to the "On" position.
2. Make sure the WDT jumper plug is set to the ON position.
Note Unlike the ACTU1A, the ACTU2A does not use the AETS or the ARCS option PCBs. NIC
and DTMF circuits are built into the ACTU2.
3. Install needed option PCBs onto the ACTU (AMDS, BSIS).
4. Place option PCB arrow side up over the plastic stand-offs with the connectors and stand-off
holes on the ACTU. Snap option PCB securely into place.
5. Insert the SmartMedia card (gold contacts face left, notched corner faces forward and up) into
the SmartMedia slot on the ACTU.
6. Make sure the power supply switch is Off.
7. Install the ACTU into the Base Cabinet (see following photos).
CT
Notes
Strata
X100
·
ACTU2A requires R1.3 software or later.
CTX10
Ins
·
MOH/BGM source volume is controlled by software PAD in Program 107-01, 02 and 03. Mu/
A law must be set to Mu law in software Program 105-35 for North America.
talla
0
·
For details on jumpers and add-ons (subassemblies) for the ACTU, see Table 3-2 on page 3-22.
tion
-S/
Metal Spacer
Note: The ACTU1A is a
larger board and does not
have the metal spacer.
ACTU2
SmartMedia Card
SmartMedia
Slot
P4
P5
P6
Place
BSIS1A
BSIS
(RS232-C, SMDR and SMDI)
here
OFF
ON
BATT
P601
Battery
Backup
Jumper
Place
AMDS
here
R806
10 Base-T Ethernet
P3
ASTU plugs into P3
P2
Control Relay Terminal
(Night Transfer, etc.)
600/600
Future MOH2 Jack
MOH2
600/600
MOH/BGM1 RCA Jack
MOH1
600/600
600 ohm page output
EX SP
6636
Figure 3-17
ACTU2A PCB (CTX100 Processor)
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-19

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
³ To Install ACTU1A
Refer to Figure 3-18 with the following steps.
1. On the ACTU PCB, set the battery jumper, "BATT," to the "On" position.
2. On the ACTU, make sure the Mu/A jumper plug is set to the Mu position (U.S. and Canada).
3. On the ACTU PCB, set the BBMS jumper "ATTACHED BBMS," to the "NO" position.
Note If you are installing the AETS option PCB, before mounting the AETS, dress its green
jumper wire under and behind the Ethernet port and out the top as shown in Figure 3-18.
Remove the screw just above the AETS, place the jumper wire ring over the hole and
replace the screw to hold the jumper wire ring in place.
4. Install needed option PCBs onto the ACTU (AETS, AMDS, BSIS, ARCS).
5. Place option PCB arrow side up over the plastic stand-offs with the connectors and stand-off
holes on the ACTU. Snap option PCB securely into place.
6. Insert the SmartMedia card (gold contacts face left, notched corner faces forward and up) into
the SmartMedia slot on the ACTU.
7. Make sure the power supply switch is Off.
8. Install the ACTU into the Base Cabinet (see following photos).
Note For more details about the jumpers and add-ons (subassemblies) for the ACTU, see Table
3-2 on page 3-22.

MU/A Law Jumper
SmartMedia Slot
ACTU1A
Mu A P101
SmartMedia Card
Not Used
P301
NO
YES
Not Used
Ground
ATTACHED P302
BBMS
AETS Green Jumper Wire
AETS1A
UP
UP
AETS1A
AMDS1A
(10 Base-T Ethernet)
BSIS
BSIS1A
(RS232-C, SMDR and SMDI)
ON
BACK UP
UP
P601
Battery
OFF
Backup
Control Relay Terminal
Jumper
(Night Transfer, etc.)
600/600
ARCS1A
ARCS1A
MOH2
(DTMF/ABR Circuits)
600/600
UP
Future MOH2 Jack
MOH/BGM1 RCA Jack
P801
MOH1
600/600
MOH/BGM Volume Control
600 ohm page output
5897
Figure 3-18
ACTU PCB (CTX100 Processor)
3-20
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 17: Install the Main Processor (ACTU) PCB
The Strata CTX100 Base cabinet has one slot dedicated to the processor PCB.
1. Slide the ACTU processor PCB into the first slot on the left side of the cabinet (as shown).
CT
Strata
X100
CTX10
Ins
talla
6003
0
tion
-S/
2. Loosen the screw slightly, then slide the processor lock upwards. Tighten the screw so that the
PCB is locked into place.
6004
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-21

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Step 18: Install Other PCBs into the Cabinet(s)
1. Each PCB must be configured for the applicable hardware options prior to installation of the
PCB to the CTX100 cabinets.
Configuration instructions for individual PCBs are in Chapter 6 PCB Installation and Chapter
10 MDF PCB Wiring. Configuration instructions for external hardware options are provided
in Chapter 12 Peripheral Installation.
2. Use the PCB placement guide in "Worksheet 5: Strata CTX100 Cabinet Slots" on page 2-26 to
determine which PCB slot can be used for each PCB type.
3. Slide the PCB Slot Locking Bar to
the right, then insert each of the
PCBs; push the PCBs firmly toward
the motherboard, making sure that
the connectors are secured (see
Figure 3-19). Lightly tug on each
PCB to make sure that it's installed
PCB Slot
securely.
Locking Bar
4. After all the PCBs are installed, slide
the PCB Slot Locking Bar to the left
to lock the PCBs into place.
5. Configure the PCBs for software
options through programming. Refer
to the Strata CTX Programming
Manual for more detailed
programming instructions.
Note The Base and Expansion cabinets
6005
have four universal PCB slots
Figure 3-19
PCB Slot Locking Bar
each which can accept the same
universal PCBs as the CTX670.
CTX100-only components are
shown in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2
CTX100 Cabinet and Processor Components
PCB
Provides
Comments
Installs On
Base Cabinet with power supply without
CHSUB112
Provides 4 universal slots.
battery charger.
Expansion Cabinet with power supply
CHSUE112
Provides 4 universal slots.
without battery charger.
Base or
APSU112
Power Supply for CTX100.
Spare power supply.
Expansion
Cabinet
One per system. Supports 8 PCB
System Processor PCB. (Optional PCB
slots (4 slots in the Base Cabinet +
attachments include: modem. Ethernet
4 more in the Expansion Cabinet).
ACTU
10BaseT, DTMF Receiver/Busy Tone
Detector and Serial Interface Unit.
Note
The ACTU2A works with
software R1.3 and higher.
ARCS
One per system. Provides 16
DTMF Receiver and ABR Circuits.
ACTU1 only
(Optional)
DTMF and 16 ABR circuits.
3-22
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
Table 3-2
CTX100 Cabinet and Processor Components (continued)
PCB
Provides
Comments
Installs On
AETS
One per system. Provides 10Mbps
Ethernet LAN (10 BaseT)
ACTU1 only
(Optional)
LAN by one RJ45 for WinAdmin.
One per system to provide
AMDS
V.34 Modem
33.6kbps maximum modem for
ACTU
(Optional)
WinAdmin.
BSIS
Serial interface unit (same unit used for
Provides four RS-232 serial ports
ACTU
(Optional)
CTX670).
(SMDR, SMDI)
One per Power Supply for
ABCS
Battery Charger Circuit.
connection of Reserve Power
APSU112A
(Optional)
(requires ABTC-3M Battery Cable).
Step 19: Attach and Route PCB Cables
1. Determine the direction that you want the cables to exit the cabinet(s) from the following:
CT
·
Single Direction Cable Routing Cabling from the Expansion Cabinet can run through the
Strata
X100
Base Cabinet and exit from the Base Cabinet (see Figure 3-20).
CTX10
Ins
talla
0
Power Supply
Power Supply
tion
-S/
AC Cord and
Battery Cables
6006
Figure 3-20 Single Direction Cable Routing
·
Opposite Direction Cable Routing Cabling from the Expansion Cabinet can run through
the right and left sides (see Figure 3-21).
Power Supply
Power Supply
AC Cord and
Battery Cables
6007
Figure 3-21 Opposite Direction Cable Routing
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
3-23

Strata CTX100-S/CTX100 Installation
Installing the CTX100 Cabinet
·
Do Not Run Cables Out the Top Cabling from either cabinet should be routed out the
lower sides, not from the top of the cabinet(s) (see Figure 3-22).
Power Supply
Power Supply
6008
Figure 3-22 Avoid Improper Cable Routing
2. Remove the left or right
cover(s) of the cabinet and
knock out the rectangle(s) to
create a hole for the cables, as
To avoid heat problems,
needed (see Figure 3-23).
do not store items on
top of the cabinets.
Note Cables can be run out of
either side of Base or
Expansion cabinets.
3. Connect applicable wiring (e.g.,
modular CO line cords, 25-pair
Run cables through cover
knock-outs holes
amphenol connector cables) to
5968
(on all side covers)
the front of the PCBs as
described earlier.
Figure 3-23
Base and Expansion Cabinet Cables and
Connectors
4. Secure all Amphenol cables to

the cabinets with tie wraps (see
Figure 3-24).
Figure 3-24
Tie-wrap Cables
3-24
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
4
This chapter explains how to install the Strata CTX670 system. It includes information on site
requirements and provides installation instructions for various cabinet configurations. It also
explains how to install ground wiring, AC power cabling, reserve power (Battery Backup) cabling,
and Printed Circuit Board (PCB) cabling.
Inspection
When the system is received, examine all packages carefully and note any visible damage. If any
damage is found, do not open the packages. Contact the delivery carrier immediately and make the
proper claims.
After unpacking (and before installing), check the system against the packing list and inspect all
equipment for damage. If equipment is missing or damaged, contact your supplier immediately.
Be sure to retain original packaging materials for re-use when storing or transporting system
hardware.
Packaging and Storage
Strata
Inst
alla
CTX67
CAUTION! When handling (installing, removing, examining) PCBs, do not touch the
tion
back (soldered) side or edge connector. Always hold the PCB by its edges.
0
When packaging and storing the system, remove PCBs from the system cabinet (the power supply
may remain installed in the cabinet for storage and shipment). PCBs should be packaged in their
original antistatic bags for protection against electrostatic discharge. Be sure to package equipment
in its original shipping containers.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-1

Strata CTX670 Installation
Site Requirements
Site Requirements
Input Power
The CTX670 requires an input power source of 115±10VAC or 208±20VAC or 240±20VAC, 50/
60 Hz, single phase. For up to five cabinets; 208VAC or 240VAC is required for six or seven
cabinets. The system requires one or two AC outlets that must be dedicated to system use, fused,
and grounded.
Each Remote Expansion Cabinet requires 3.2 amps. maximum. The remote cabinet installation
requires one or two AC outlets that must be dedicated to system use, fused, and grounded.
See Cabinet Installation Considerations for complete AC power cabling, ground wiring and
battery installation instructions for local and remote cabinets.
CAUTION! To avoid accidental power turn-off, do not use an On/Off wall switch for AC
circuits dedicated for the use of CTX670.
A reserve power source (two or four customer-supplied 12VDC batteries) can be connected to the
CTX670 to serve as a backup in case of power failure.
Separate reserve power may be required for remote expansion cabinets.
Clearance and Location
The Base and optional Expansion Cabinets can be either floor or wall mounted. Figure 4-1 shows
the minimum clearance requirements for up to seven cabinets.
Notes
·
Floor mounting requires the following additional hardware:
·
BFIF floor mounting stands and brackets.
·
BCCB electrical conduit box, if three or more cabinets are installed.
·
Wall mounting requires a plywood (3/4 inch thick) backboard.
When selecting a location for the cabinets, the location must be:
·
Dry and clean
·
Well-ventilated
·
Well-illuminated
·
Easily accessible
The location must not be:
·
Subject to extreme heat or cold
·
Subject to corrosive fumes, dust, or other airborne contaminants
·
Subject to excessive vibration
·
Next to television, radio, office automation, or high frequency equipment
Optional customer-supplied reserve batteries require a well-ventilated location close (within nine
feet) to the CTX670 cabinets.
4-2
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Site Requirements
Front View
Top View
Wall
26.5"
14.5"
24"
26.5"
Cabinets
10.65 "
Base
24"
Cabinet
Expansion
Cabinet
36"
Expansion
Cabinet
78"
Wall
Expansion
Cabinet
Expansion
Cabinet
Expansion
Cabinet
78" is minimum height requirements
Expansion
for Wall Mounting up to 7 cabinets.
Cabinet
6"
Floor
Front View
Top View
Wall
26.5"
Strata
24"
26.5"
13.5"
Inst
Cabinets
12.65 "
2" Brackets
Base
(RWBF)
alla
24"
CTX67
Cabinet
tion
Expansion
Cabinet
36"
Wall
0
Expansion
Cabinet
75"
Expansion
Cabinet
Expansion
Cabinet
3" Floor
Expansion
Mount
Cabinet
Stands
75" is minimum height requirements
(BFIF)
Expansion
for Floor Mounting up to 7 cabinets.
Cabinet
3"
Floor
5459
Note The Base Cabinet may be mounted at the bottom of the stack.
Figure 4-1
CTX670 Minimum Clearance Requirements
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-3

Strata CTX670 Installation
Power Considerations
Power Considerations
Each CTX670 Base and Expansion Cabinet houses a power supply that furnishes power to all of
the stations and some of the peripherals that interface with the cabinet (see Table 2-60, "Strata
CTX670 Electrical Characteristics" on page 2-47).
Reserve Power
Two or four customer-supplied 12VDC reserve batteries can be connected to the system to
maintain normal operation during a power failure (see Table 2-63 on page 2-49 and Table 2-60 on
page 2-47). The batteries are kept in a highly-charged state by the standard power supply and must
be connected when the system is operating normally. Fully charged batteries must be connected
when normal AC power is available, batteries cannot be connected after/during an actual power
failure.
Underwriters' Laboratory (UL) and local electrical codes require certain standards for connecting
commercial AC and reserve power to the CTX670 system. Table 4-1 describes which assemblies
may be required to meet UL and local electrical code standards.
4-4
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
FCC Registration Information
FCC Registration Information
The unit shall be configured
only with those component
assemblies specified in the
installation instructions and
mounted only in the locations
specified.
See installation manual for
grounding requirement.
DIGITAL BUSINESS
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
MODEL CHSUB672A
V.1A
No XXXXXX
INPUT:
100-120/208-240VAC
50/60Hz
DC OUT
-27V1
3.2/2.2A
-27V2
AC IN
+
-27V3
-
LISTED
-27V4
49L7
POW
E88891
AOI
JS
+5V
AC IN
-5V
P.F.
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
RESET
POWER
ON
EXP
BASE
OFF
FG
5002
This area shows through
opening in cover.
CAUTION: This unit may have more than one
power cord, up to seven power cords may be
provided.
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, disconnect all
power cords before servicing.
Fore use only on telephone wiring containing
secondary protection. See instruction manual.
For use only on telephone protected by Oneac
Strata
Corp., type 6-AP protector. see instruction manual.
Inst
ATTENTION: Cet appareil peut être muni de
plusieurs cordins d'alimentation électique: jusqu'a
alla
CTX67
5035
sept dans ceertains cas.
Afin de réduire le risque de chocs éectriques,
tion
débranchez tous les cordons d'alimentatin,
Industry Canada
Manufactured under one
électrique avant l'entretien de l'appareil.
Industrie Canada
or more of the following
0
Utiliser seulement avec un reseau téléphonique
U.S. patents:
4,491,693
compreneant un dispositif de protection secondaire.
248 3032 A
4,511,764
4,532,378
Voir le manuel d' instructions.
4,605,825
5,535,262
Utiliser seulement avec un reseau téléphonique
comprenant un dispositif de protection Oneac
Corp., type 6-AP. Voir le manuel d'instructions.
Complies with part 68, FCC rules
FCC Registration number CJ69XA-10242-KF-E
CJ69XA-10243-MF-E
CJ6JPN-22758-PF-E
Ringer equivalence0.2B(ac)0.0(dc),0.3B(ac)0.0(dc)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject ot the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
This Class - A digital apparatus complies with
Canadian ICES-003.
Cet apparel numbérique de la class A est conforme
á la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Figure 4-2
Location of Approval Labels
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-5

Strata CTX670 Installation
Cabinet Installation Considerations
Cabinet Installation Considerations
The Base (CHSUB672) and Expansion (CHSUE672) Cabinets can be wall or floor mounted. To
make it easier to add cabinets (after the initial installation) when a customer needs to expand,
install the Base Cabinet on top for wall-mount installations and on the bottom for floor-mount
installations.
The dimensions of the Base and Expansion Cabinets are:
Height:
Base Cabinet: 11 3/4 inches
Height:
Expansion Cabinet/Remote Expansion Cabinet: 10 inches
Width:
26 1/2 inches
Depth:
10 5/8 inches
Weight:
approx. 30.5 lbs. (14 kg.)
Note The weight approximates a cabinet completely filled with PCBs. Weight may vary slightly,
depending on PCBs.
Recommended Installation Sequence
Step
Reference Information
1.
Install power supplies in cabinets.
"Install Power Supply" on page 4-6.
"Wall Mounting the Base (Top) Cabinet" on page 4-10.
2. Mount cabinets on wall or floor.
"Cabinet Floor Mounting" on page 4-33.
3. Install ground wiring.
"Ground the System" on page 4-18.
4. Install AC power cabling to cabinets.
"Install AC Power Components" on page 4-20.
5. Install reserve power cabling.
"Install Reserve Power" on page 4-29.
Figures 4-38~4-23, 4-42 and the section titled "Install
6. Install PCBs and PCB cabling.
Processor and Universal PCBs" on page 4-43.
Note Each cabinet requires four wood screws (#12 X 2 inch size) for wall mount installation.
Wood screws are not provided with the system.
Step 1: Install Power Supply
The Base and Expansion Cabinets are factory-shipped without the power supply installed. The
CTX670 cabinets use the BPSU672 power supply, which is different from the DK280 or DK424.
³ To install power supplies in cabinets of new or installed systems
1. Remove the power supply from its box. The power supply AC power cord for 120VAC and the
power supply mounting screws are provided with the KSU cabinet. If the system is to be
powered by 208VAC or 240VAC, another powered cord, BACL240 must be ordered separately
for each power supply.
2. Make sure that the front and right side covers are removed from the cabinet (see Figure 4-5).
3. Slide the power supply into the right side of the cabinet so that its four mounting holes align
with the four cabinet mounting holes. (Make sure that the two backplane FG wires are
positioned between the FG wire holder and the power supply.)
4-6
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Power Supply
Note The backplane FG wires are not safety grounds: they are required for proper system CO line
operation.
4. Plug the Back Plane DC OUT cable plug into the DC OUT connector on the power supply.
(The plug has a guide key on it to ensure that it is plugged in correctly.)
5. Secure the FG wire spade lug to the power supply with the FG screw.
6. Secure the power supply to the cabinet with the four provided screws.
7. If the cabinet is the Base Unit, a standalone Remote Expansion Cabinet, or the first in a stack of
Remote Expansion Cabinets. Set the Exp/Base switch to the "Base" position (see Figure 4-3).
8. If the cabinet is an Expansion Unit, set the Exp/Base switch to the "Exp" position.
Important!
The power supply set as "Base" is the master and has On/Off control over all other
power supplies, which are designated as slaves. If the master power supply is turned
Off or On, all other power supplies will automatically turn Off or On. (Individual
slave power supplies must be turned On.)
9. See Figure 4-3 to ensure that the power supply is properly installed.
10. Install power supplies in all cabinets, using Steps 1~9 of this procedure.
11. Install the Base and optional Expansion Cabinets, ground wiring, and cabinet bonding plates,
AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended Installation
Sequence" on page 4-6.
Check the -24 Volt Circuit Breakers
The BPSU672A provides four -24v circuit breakers as shown in Figure 4-3. If a low resistance
between 24 volts and ground exists the circuit breaker will trip. Usually the front panel DC green
LED indicator will turn off but not always. Also if AC power is recycled the DC LED indicator
may turn back on even if the 24 volt circuit breaker is tripped.
Strata
Inst
Circuit Breaker Location and Slot Assignments (see Figure 4-3)
alla
CTX67
tion
·
The circuit breaker 24V1~24V4, located directly below DC-out cable, protects the cabinet slots
as shown in the Circuit Breaker assignment table.
0
Reset Circuit Breaker
1. A defective PCB or an external short on the MDF may cause the circuit breaker to trip.
2. If you suspect that a 24 volt circuit breaker has tripped, try to reset it by:
·
Turn the power supply DC power switch off and unplug the power supply AC power cord
from the AC outlet the inside of the power supply has exposed voltages.
·
Gently press in each circuit breaker and listen for or try to feel it click. If the breaker was
tripped, you will hear or feel it click back to the set position.
·
If the circuit breaker resets, pull the PCBs and check for MDF shorts associated with the
slots assigned to the tripped circuit breaker. Remove any defective PCBs and MDF shorts.
·
Restore power and verify the system is working normally.
3. Replace the power supply if the circuit breaker continues to trip and a defective PCB or short
cannot be found.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-7

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Power Supply
Check the Power Factor Indicator and Reset Button
The front panel of BPSU672A provides a Power Factor LED and Reset button. If the cabinet
power factor is exceeded by overload of PCBs, the PF LED will turn on.
³ If the PF LED indicator turns on, press the PF reset button with a pointed tool or pencil. If the
PF LED turns off and does not turn on again it may have been turned on by a current surge
while installing a PCB while the power supply was turned-on.
³ When a PF alarm is indicated, check that the cabinet power factor is not exceeded using the
"Worksheet 7 System Power Factor Check" on page 2-42. If the Power factor has been
exceeded relocate any PCBs that are causing the PF to be exceeded.
Power Supply (BPSU672) Removal
1. Remove the front and right side covers (Figure 4-5) from the cabinet. Remove the right side
covers of other cabinets as needed to disconnect wiring.
2. Turn the power supply Off, and disconnect the AC power cord, all ground wiring and reserve
power cabling that is connected to the power supply.
3. Disconnect the back plane DC OUT cable plug from the DC OUT connector.
4. Loosen the four mounting screws securing the power supply to the cabinet and remove the
power supply.
Power Supply Replacement
³ Install the replacement power supply per "Install Power Supply" on page 4-6.
4-8
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Power Supply
Back Plane DC Voltage Connector
Back Plane DC Voltage Cable/Plug
DC OUT
-27V1
-27V2
BATT
+
-27V3
-
-27V4
POW
+5V
AC IN
-5V
P.F.
RESET
POWER
ON
EXP
BASE
OFF
FG
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
5039
Cabinet Support Post
Wire Clamp
Green/Green yellow wire is fastened with FG Screw
Mounting Holes
24V Circuit Breaker Assignments:
Base Cabinet
EXP. Cabinet
24V-1
S101, S102
24V-1
S_01, S_02
DC Voltage
24V-2
S103, S104
24V-2
S_03, S_04
Connector Jack
24V-3
S105, S106
24V-3
S_05, S_06, S_07
24V-4
S107, S108
24V-4
S_08, S_09, S_10
Strata
DC OUT
Inst
-24V1
Battery Cable
-24V2
BATT
Connector
alla
CTX67
-24V3
+
Power Factor (PF) alarm LED indicates
-
-24V4
tion
the cabinet PF was exceeded. Correct
the problem and press the RESET
0
button to clear the alarm.

POW
AC IN
+5V
AC Power
-5V
DC Voltage Specification
P.F.
Cord Jack
POWER
+5V (+4.5 ~ +5.5), 4.0 amps
BATT (Volts)
ON
RESET
-5V (4.5 ~ 5.5), 0.8 amps
EXP
+
0
Expansion Cabinet only
BASE
OFF
2
FG
-24V (26.3 ~ 27.8), 6.0 amps

26.3 ~ 27.8
1. Back Plane DC Voltage Plug must be plugged
into Power Supply when checking voltages.
2. On BPSU672, the BATT output is 0 volts
Expansion/
unless connected to good batteries.
Base Switch
FG Frame
Ground Screws
DC Voltage Connector Plug Pin Wires
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Green
Green
Red
-24
-5
+5
0
0
0
+5
Yellow
Yellow Yellow Green
Green
Green
Red
-24
-24
-24
0
0
0
+5
Figure 4-3
Power Supply Installation
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-9

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
Step 2: Mount Cabinets
There are two methods of mounting cabinets: wall or floor mounting. Wall mounting the most
common and economical method is described below. The floor mounting description begins on
page 4-33.
Note Toshiba recommends installing cabinets (see Figures 4-4~4-10) from the top down, Base
Cabinet on top, first Expansion Cabinet below it, second cabinet below that, etc.
Wall Mounting the Base (Top) Cabinet
Follow these instructions to wall mount the Base Cabinet or the first Remote Expansion Cabinet.
A wooden backboard between the cabinet and the wall is necessary (see Figure 4-4).
1. Obtain a board, such as plywood, that is at least 3/4 of an inch thick. The board should be at
least 6-1/2 feet high (completely expanded systems with seven cabinets require this much
height) and 26 inches wide (minimum).
Secure the board to the wall with wood screws with the bottom edge of the board is six inches
above the floor. (If there are wall studs, make sure the screws align with the studs.)
2. Remove the front, back, and side covers from the Base Cabinet or first Remote Expansion
Cabinet (see Figure 4-5).
Note The two screws on the front cover and the two screws on each side cover should be
loosened just enough to slide the covers off. The front cover slides left and the side covers
swing out and down for removal.
3. Hold the Base Cabinet back cover against the wall or backboard so that its two top mounting
holes are approximately 6-1/2 feet (78 inches) above the floor. This allows up to seven cabinets
to be installed (top-down) with a six-inch clearance between the floor and bottom cabinet (see
Figures 4-6 and 4-7).
4. Use a level to make sure that the back cover is held level.
5. Trace the upper arch of the top mounting holes with a pencil.
6. Remove the back cover from the wall. Draw a line between the top two marking hole marks.
7. Drill holes on the line in the middle of the arch tracing.
8. Screw #12 X 2 inch size wood screws into the two drilled holes, leaving about 1/8 of an inch
clearance between the screw heads and the wall.
9. Hang the Base Cabinet or first Remote Expansion Cabinet back cover from the top two screws
and secure the screws into the wall.
10. Drill holes at the bottom two mounting holes of the back cover, and secure #12 X 2 inch wood
screws into the two holes.
11. If installing a Base Cabinet or first Remote Expansion Cabinet back cover to the wall: Position
the cabinet on the back cover cabinet hangers, slide the cabinet right to the proper mounting
position, and secure the cabinet to the back cover with two screws on the right side of the
cabinet. If installing Expansion Cabinets, skip to "Wall Mounting Expansion Cabinets" on page
4-11.
12. Install ground wiring, AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended
Installation Sequence" on page 4-6.
13. Fill out the slot identification label on the cabinet (see Figure 4-8).
14. Reinstall the front cover, top cover, and side covers onto the cabinet.
4-10
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
Wall Mounting Expansion Cabinets
1. Remove the front, back, and side covers from the Expansion Cabinets.
Note The two screws on the front cover and the two screws on each side cover should be
loosened just enough to slide the covers off. The front cover slides left and the side covers
swing out and down for removal.
2. Hold an Expansion Cabinet back cover against the wall so that its top locating parts align with
the bottom locating parts of the Base Cabinet back cover (see Figure 4-4 on page 4-12). To
secure the Expansion Cabinet back cover to the back board, repeat Steps 5~11 from "Wall
Mounting the Base (Top) Cabinet" on page 4-10.
3. To install additional Expansion Cabinet back covers, repeat Step 2 above.
4. Starting with the top Expansion Cabinet back cover (which is fastened to the wall), position an
Expansion Cabinet on the back cover cabinet hangers. Slide the cabinet to the right to the
proper mounting position, and secure the cabinet to the back cover with two screws to the right
side of the back cover. Repeat for all other Expansion Cabinets.
5. Loosen the bonding connection plates fastened on both sides of the first Expansion Cabinet
(see Figure 4-9) then fasten the plates between the Base Cabinet and the first Expansion
Cabinet. Repeat to connect the first Expansion Cabinet to the second Expansion Cabinet, etc.
6. Base Cabinet: Loosen data cable door locking screws and open data cable doors; then connect
the first Expansion Cabinet data cable to the "CAB 2" (top) data cable connector on the Base
Cabinet. Install data cables in appropriate connectors for all other Expansion Cabinets. (See
Figure 4-12.
7. After all data cables are installed, close data cable doors and secure with the locking screw.
Important!
Data cable door screws must be firmly tightened for proper system operation. Data
cables for DK280 and DK424 cabinets are not compatible with CTX670 cabinets.
Strata
8. Install ground wiring, AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended
Inst
Installation Sequence" on page 4-6.
alla
CTX67
9. Fill out cabinet/slot identification labels on each cabinet.
tion
10. Reinstall covers onto cabinets.
0
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-11

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
Locating
Parts
Plaster Board Wall
3/4" Plywood Backboard
#12 X 2" (or long enough to
secure to the wall stud)
Wood Screws
Use as many as necessary to
secure plywood backboard.
Dealer Supplied
#12 X 1.25"
Wood Screws
(4 Screws Per
Cabinet)
Back Cover
5.0 ft. minimum
for 5 cabinets
or
6.5 ft.
for 7 cabinets
6 inches between
bottom cabinet
5040
and floor
Floor
Figure 4-4
Cabinet Mounting Surface Diagram
4-12
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
Top Cover
(Base Cabinet Only)
Front
Right
Back Cover
Right
Side
Cover
Remove four
screws to
remove back cover
Loosen two screws
to remove the side cover
5041
(right and left covers)
Top Cover
(Base Cabinet Only)
Strata
Loosen four screws to
Inst
remove the top cover.
alla
Note:
CTX67
Do not remove the top
tion
cover if the Base Cabinet
is the top cabinet.
0
Front
Cover
5038
Right Side
Cover
Front
Right
Loosen two screws
to remove the side covers
Loosen two screws
(right and left side covers)
to remove front cover
Figure 4-5
Cabinet Cover Removal and Installation
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-13

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
Marking Hole
18.8 IN.
Trace Upper
Arch
9.9 IN.
Back Cover
1459
Figure 4-6
CTX670 Back Cover Mounting Holes
Hang cabinet on back cover
then slide to right.
Hanger
Back Cover
Hanger Hole
Back Cover
Mounting Strip
Important! After mounting
cabinet to back cover
use two screws to
fasten cabinet to back
cover.
1460
Figure 4-7
CTX670 Mounting Cabinet on Back Cover
4-14
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Mount Cabinets
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
B101
B102
B101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
DC OUT
-24V1
-24V2
BATT
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
+
-24V3
-
-24V4
POW
+5V
AC IN
-5V
P.F.
RESET
POWER
ON
EXP
BASE
OFF
FG
B101
B102
S101
S102
S103
S104
S105
S106
S107
S108
5002
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
-27V2
CABINET NO.
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
2
3
4
5
6
7
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
S_01
S_02
S_03
S_04
S_05
FG
OFF
FG
S201
S 02
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
5002
5002
S_06
S_07
S_08
S_09
S_10
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
FG
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
5002
5002
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
FG
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
5002
5002
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
Strata
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
Inst
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
alla
FG
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
CTX67
5002
5002
tion
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205

-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
FG
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
5002
5002
DC OUT
DC OUT
CABINET NO.
2
3
4
5
6
7
-27V1
-27V1
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
-27V2
-27V2
AC IN
BATT
+
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
-27V3
+
-27V3
-
-
-27V4
-27V4
POW
POW
+5V
AC IN
+5V
AC IN
-5V
-5V
P.F.
P.F.
RESET
POWER
RESET
POWER
ON
ON
EXP
EXP
BASE
BASE
OFF
FG
OFF
FG
S201
S202
S203
S204
S205
S206
S207
S208
S209
S210
5002
5002
5460
Figure 4-8
CTX670 Cabinet Interior
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-15

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Data Cables
Step 3: Install Data Cables
1. After mounting the CTX670 cabinets, install the data cables. Then, install the bonding plate per
Figure 4-9.
Cab 2 Cable
Left Side
Base Cabinet
CAB
2
CAB
3
CAB
4
Cable Guard
CAB
Screw
5
CAB
6
Cable Guard
CAB
7
PCB Cable
Data Cables
Expansion
Cabinet
Front
Data
Cable
Door
(shown open)
Expansion
Cabinet
5342
Bonding Connection Plate
(required for all wall mount
expansion cabinets)
To MDF
Remote Cabinet Cable
feed through hole
Figure 4-9
Data Cables Shown in Cabinet Interior--Side View
4-16
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Data Cables
2. Wrap the cables in with the mesh tie. The purpose of the wrap is to shield the cables from EMI/
RFI effects. See Figure 4-10.
Front
Cable Shield
(B50MT)

Part No. B50MT comes with the Base
Cabinet. It must be ordered separately
for each Remote Cabinet pair.
1. Attach lead to grounding screw.
2. Wrap mesh around
communication cables.
3. Secure with velcro strap.
CAUTION!
Mesh strap should not touch
cabinet metal surfaces.
25-Pair
Amphenol
Cables
Knock Out Plastic
Strata
Inst
Top
alla
CTX67
tion
To
MDF
0
5045
25-Pair
Amphenol
To MDF
Cables
Figure 4-10
Cabinet Amphenol Cables
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-17

Strata CTX670 Installation
Ground the System
Step 4: Ground the System
The system requires a solid earth ground for proper operation and safety. The AC power cord(s)
already contains a conductor for the "third wire ground" provided by the commercial power outlet
(see Figure 4-11, for grounding points "A" and "B"). An insulated conductor must connect the
frame ground terminal on the Base Cabinet to a cold water pipe or the building ground (point "B").
Before connecting the system to the AC power source, measure the impedance of the building
ground reference. If the ground path connected to the system has an impedance of 1 ohm or more,
a better ground must be installed. In Figure 4-11, the grounding path between point "A" and the
single point ground "B" must be less than 0.25 ohms.
The "third wire ground" coming from the primary AC power outlet must be dedicated and must be
routed through the same conduit as the phase conductors serving the system. The conductor
connected to the frame ground (FG screw) on the system power supply must be insulated and
comply with the general rules for grounding contained in Article 250 of the National Electrical
Code, NFPA 70, but must not depend on the cord and plug of the system.
If the CTX670 system consists of more than one cabinet, you must install the bonding connection
plates that come attached to each expansion cabinet. Refer to Figure 4-9. Connect the mother
board ground wires and the intercabinet ground wires per Figure 4-11.
Wrap the cable mesh shield (part No. B50MT) around the 25-pair communication cables that carry
stations over tip and ring, per Figure 4-10.
WARNING!
Failure to provide a proper ground may be a safety hazard to service
personnel or lead to confusing trouble symptoms. In extreme cases, system
failure may result because the system is not properly protected from lighting
or power transients.
4-18
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Ground the System
The Single Point Ground must always be connected to
the Base Cabinet Power Supply FG Screw
(Top cabinet - Wall Mount or Bottom cabinet - Floor Mount.)
FG (Frame Ground) Screws
Power
Supply
ONEAC 6-AP
"B" Point "B" is always on the
or 6-DP
Base Cabinet, whether it's
Solid State
on the top or bottom.
Base
Secondary
Cabinet
Protectors
Cabinet Motherboard
Insulated Ground Wire "B"
Note:
AWG #6 Wire
The impedance of the link
(minimum)
between point "A" and "B" must
Length: 60 Feet
be less than 0.25 ohms.
(maximum)
Cabinet
Motherboard
Single Point Ground (SPG)
Cold Water Pipe or Ground Rod
Note:
Cabinet
The SPG cannot be structural
Up to six
AWG #6 Wire
Motherboard
steel members or conduit.
Expansion
(minimum)
Cabinets
Length: 60 Feet
Earth Ground:
(maximum)
Per General Rules of Article
250 of the National Electric
Code, NFPA70
Cabinet
Motherboard
120VAC System Primary Power ( 1-5 cabinets only )
NEMA 5-15R,
Strata
120VAC
Inst
alla
CTX67
Cabinet
Motherboard
"A"
tion
5044
Note:
Building Main Power
The impedance of
0
Green/Green Yellow
FG Screws

Panel Electrical Ground
the link between
ground wires from
Inter-cabinet green wires
115VAC ± 10VAC (50/60 Hz)
point "A" and "B"
Motherboard
supplied with each cabinet
Dedicated 20 Amp
must be less than
Branch Circuit
0.25 ohms.
Third Wire
208 or 240VAC System Primary Power ( 1-7 cabinets )
The cabinets must be
AC Ground
NEMA 6-20R,
located no more than 9
Note:
240VAC
feet from the AC outlet.
The ground must be
"A"
routed through the
same conduit as the
Note:
Building Main Power
phase conductors
The impedance of
Panel Electrical Ground
serving the system.
the link between
208VAC ± 20VAC (50/60 Hz)
point "A" and "B"
or 240VAC ± 20VAC (50/60 Hz) must be less than
Note:
Dedicated 20 Amp
0.25 ohms.
Branch Circuit.
The system may be
powered by 120, 208,
If 208VAC is used, the plug may have to be
or 240VAC.
changed by a licensed electrician.
Figure 4-11
Cabinet Grounding
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-19

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Step 5: Install AC Power Components
AC Power Requirements
The Strata CTX670 requires a single-phase, 50/60 cycles power source of 120, 208, or 240VAC,
on a dedicated 20 ampere circuit breaker. 208VAC or 240VAC is required for six or seven cabinet
systems.
The CTX670 power supply, BPSU672, automatically detects and adjusts for the type of AC
voltage (120/208/240) to which it is connected.
Toshiba recommends that a dedicated AC service panel be used for the CTX670. AC outlets must
be dedicated to CTX670 use, fused, and grounded. Equipment unrelated to the CTX670 must not
be connected to the circuit or service panel dedicated to the CTX670.
Note It may not always be possible to power a complete CTX670 from a single circuit breaker
panel. For example, in the case where a cabinet is remotely located.
To avoid accidental turn-off, do not configure the outlet serving the CTX670 with an On/Off
switch. AC outlets serving the cabinets must be close enough so that the power cord from the
cabinet power supply or power strip can reach the outlet (these power cords are nine ft.).
AC wall outlets for the CTX670 must be on dedicated 20amp breakers. AC outlets must meet
National Electrical codes specifications: NEMA 5-20R for 120VAC or NEMA 6-20R for
208VAC/240VAC.
AC power cabling requirements vary, depending on: The method of cabinet installation (floor or
wall mount), AC power source voltage (120VAC, 208VAC or 240VAC) and the number of
cabinets. Requirements for distribution of AC power within the cabinets of the CTX670 are as
described in Cabinet AC Power Distribution section.
4-20
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Cabinet AC Power Component Description
The table shown below identifies the cabinet parts required to distribute AC power within the
Strata CTX670 cabinets.
Table 4-1
Power Cabinet Hardware
Option
Description
Cabinet power strip for 120VAC primary power provides three standard 120VAC/15A outlets
(NEMA 5-15R) and nine ft. AC power cord with standard 120VAC/15A plug (NEMA 5-15P). This
unit is field installed inside system cabinet side panels. The system can use 12 amps. (max.).
See Figures 4-12 ~4-17.
One RPSB2 is required for two or three cabinet systems if the local electric code allows only one
AC power cord to be connected to the system.
RPSB2
Note
If the local electric code allows only one AC power cord to be connected to the system,
208VAC or 240VAC must be used as primary AC power for systems with four or more
cabinets.
One RPSB2 is required for a three or four cabinet system if the local electric code allows two AC
power cords connected to the system.
Two RPSB2s are required for a five cabinet system if the local electric code allows two AC
power cords connected to the system.
Cabinet power strip for 208VAC or 240VAC primary power. Provides three 240VAC/20A outlets
(NEMA 6-20R) and nine ft. AC power cord with a standard 240VAC/20A plug (NEMA 6-20P).
This unit is field installed inside system cabinet side panels. The cord is rated at 16 amps.
(max.). See Figures 4-14~4-17.
One BPSB240 is required for two or three cabinet systems.
Two BPSB240s are required for four or five cabinet systems.
Three BPSB240s are required for six or seven cabinet systems.
BPSB240
Strata
Inst
Note
alla
CTX67
O
Local electric codes allow only one AC power cord to be connected to the system when using
tion
208VAC or 240VAC as the primary AC power.
O
If using 208VAC as primary power, the plug on the BPSB240 AC power cord
0
(NEMA 6-20P) may have to be changed by a certified electrician depending on local electric
codes.
AC208V or AC240VAC nine ft., 10 amps. (max.), power supply cord. This cord must be used
when the system is powered by 208VAC or 240VAC. One cord is required for each cabinet
power supply and must be ordered separately only if using 208VAC or 240VAC as the system
primary AC power.
BACL240
Note
The cord conforms with a National Electric Code standard plug (NEMA 6-20P) 208VAC/
240VAC. The power strip plug that exits the system may have to be changed to a twist-
lock type by a certified electrician to conform with local electric codes.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-21

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
AC/Reserve Power and Data Cabling Overview
Figures 4-12 and 4-13 show an overview of the AC power and data cabling for the CTX670.
Detailed illustrations of AC power strips and cords are on the following pages.
7 BBTC2A-2M battery cables
supplied with BBDB
Power Supply
Power supply cord for:
BPSU672A
Motherboard
· 120VAC - supplied
CHSUB672A
2
3
BATT
Cabinet 1
4
(base)
5
6
7
AC IN
BPSU672A
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 2
BATT
(expansion)
AC IN
Power Strip
· RPSB2 for
BPSU672A
120VAC only
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 3
BATT
(expansion)
AC IN
BPSU672A
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 4
BATT
Battery Distribution Box
(expansion)
· BBDB
AC IN
BPSU672A
Power Strip Cables
to Primary AC Power outlets
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 5
BATT
(9 ft.) with NEMA 5-15P plug
(expansion)
BBTC1A-2M Cables
to Reserve Power Batteries
AC IN
(2 m.)
5046
Data Cable
(supplied with expansion cabinet)
Figure 4-12 120VAC Power/Data Cabling for up to Five Cabinets
4-22
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
7 BBTC2A-2M battery cables
supplied with BBDB
Power Supply
Power supply cord for
BPSU672A
Motherboard
240VAC/ 10 amps,
CHSUB672A
2
ordered separately.
3
BATT
Cabinet 1
4
(base)
5
6
7
AC IN
BPSU672A
Caution: Three 240VAC power
CHSUE672A
strips are required for all
BATT
Cabinet 2
systems with 6 or 7 cabinets.
(expansion)
Only one power cord is allowed
to be connected to the
AC IN
208VAC/240VAC power outlet.
BPSU672A
CHSUE672A
BATT
Cabinet 3
(expansion)
AC IN
BPSU672A
CHSUE672A
Power Strip
BATT
Cabinet 4
· BPSB240A for
(expansion)
208VAC/240VAC only
AC IN
BPSU672A
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 5
BATT
(expansion)
AC IN
Strata
Inst
BPSU672A
alla
CTX67
CHSUE672A
Cabinet 6
BATT
Battery Distribution Box
tion
(expansion)
· BBDB
0
AC IN
· Power Strip Cord is (9ft.)

· Power Strip Plug (NEMA 6-20-P)
BPSU672A
· To 208VAC or 240VAC Primary
CHSUE672A
Power Outlet (NEMA-6-20-R)
Cabinet 7
BATT
(expansion)
BBTC1A-2M Cables
to Reserve Power Batteries
AC IN
(2 m.)
5626
Data Cable
(supplied with expansion cabinet)
Figure 4-13 208VAC/240VAC Power/Data Cabling for up to Seven Cabinets
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-23

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Cabinet AC Power Considerations
The CTX670 power supply works with either 120VAC, 208VAC or 240VAC. CTX670 only
requires 120VAC (up to three cabinets if one AC cord is allowed or five cabinets if two AC cords
are allowed see below).
If the system has more then five cabinets, 208VAC or 240AVC is required for the primary AC
power source. 208VAC or 240VAC can always be optionally used for systems with five or less
cabinets for future growth or, if the electrical code requires.
To determine AC power requirements, you need to check local electrical code requirements for
120VAC, 208VAC or 240VAC primary power. Some electrical codes stipulate that:
·
208VAC or 240VAC is required for telephones systems
·
Only one electrical cord can connect to the telephone system.
·
Only two electrical cords can connect to the telephone system.
·
No electrical cord can connect to the telephone system must use conduit wiring installed by a
certified electrician (example: when system is floor mounted).
Cabinet AC Power Component Requirements for Wall Mounted
Systems
Tables 4-2 and 4-3 show the cabinet parts required to distribute AC power for various
configurations of the CTX670 cabinets. Figures 4-14 ~4-17 show how to install these parts.
Table 4-2
Wall Mount Cabinet Power Component Requirements for 120VAC Primary Power
Cabinets
Local Electrical Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Allows only one 120VAC
0 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
power cord from system
Allows two 120VAC power
0 RPSB2
0 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
1 RPSB2
2 RPSB2
N/A
N/A
cords from system
O
One dedicated, isolated, 20 amp. AC circuit breaker with dual outlets is required.
O
N/A= If the system contains more than three cabinets and if the local code allows only one AC cord, the system requires a
BCCB120 conduit box wired by a certified electrician when using 120VAC as primary power. Otherwise, 208VAC or
240VAC should be used as the primary power source (see cabinet power options listed below).
Table 4-3
Wall Mount Cabinet Power Component Requirements for 208VAC or
240VAC Primary Power
Local
Cabinets
Electrical
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Allows One
AC power
1 BPSB240
1 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
1 BACL240
cord from
2 BACL240
3 BACL240
4 BACL240
5 BACL240
6 BACL240
7 BACL240
system
Important!
The plugs and wall receptacles required by the local electrical code might differ for
208VAC and 240VAC. Thus in some areas of the U.S., the plug used on the Toshiba
240VAC power strip and 240VAC power supply cord (NEMA code 6-20P) can not
be used for 208VAC installations. In this case, when using 208VAC, the AC plugs on
the BPSB240 power strip cord that connects directly to the 208VAC wall outlet must
be changed by a certified electrician per the local electrical code.
4-24
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Cabinet Right-Side-Panel
Power Strip
(RPSB2
or BPSB240)
RPSB2/BPSB240
RPSB2
BPSB240
Screws
provided
with
5219
Power Strip
To AC Outlet
Cabinet
Bonding Plate
Power Strip for
Power Strip for 120VAC (only)
208VAC or 240VAC (only)
RPSB2
BPSB240
Receptacle
Receptacle
NEMA No. 5-15R
Pass & Seymour 5858
NEMA No. 6-20R
16A max.
Strata
Inst
alla
CTX67
tion
0
Cable Length 3 m.
(Approx. 9 ft.)
Plug
Plug
NEMA No. 5-15P
Pass & Seymour 5466-X
12A max.
NEMA No. 6-20P
5219
16A max.
WARNING! To prevent serious injury, always mount power strips with
provided screws before inserting plug into AC power.
Figure 4-14
AC Power Strip Installation
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-25

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
One cabinet - one AC cord exits system
Two or three cabinets - one AC cord exits system
Cabinet 1
Power
Right-side
Cabinet 1
Power
Supply
Supply
panel
Front
BPSB240
(208/240VAC)
Notes 1, 2
or
(120/208/240VAC)
RPSB2
Cabinet 2
Power
(120VAC)
Two cabinets - two AC cord exit system
Supply
Cabinet 1
Power
Supply
Cabinet 3
Power
Notes 1, 2
Note 2
Supply
(120/208/240VAC)
(120VAC only)
Cabinet 2
Power
Supply
Note 2
(120VAC only)
Four or five cabinets - two AC cords exit system
Four or five cabinets - one AC cord exits system
Cabinet 1
Power
Cabinet 1
Power
Supply
Supply
Cabinet 2
Power
Cabinet 2
Power
Supply
Supply
Cabinet 3
Power
Cabinet 3
Power
Supply
RPSB2
Supply
BPSB240
Note 2
Cabinet 4
Power
(120VAC only)
Cabinet 4
Power
Supply
Supply
BPSB240
RPSB2
Notes 1, 2
Notes 1, 2
Cabinet 5
Power
Cabinet 5
Power
(120VAC only)
Supply
Supply
(208VAC
or 240VAC only)
5033
Notes
1. 120VAC cord is supplied with cabinet. A special cord, BACL240, must be ordered for
each cabinet if 208VAC or 240VAC is used.
2. Power Strips must plug into the following AC outlets: 120VAC to NEMA 5-15R, and
208/240VAC to NEMA 6-20R.
Figure 4-15
AC Power Cords for One to Five Cabinets
4-26
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Six or Seven cabinets - one AC cord exits system
Cabinet 1
Power
Supply
Cabinet 2
Power
Supply
Cabinet 3
Power
Supply
Cabinet 4
Power
Supply
Cabinet 5
Power
Supply
BPSB240
Cabinet 6
Power
Supply
Strata
Cabinet 7
Power
Inst
Supply
alla
Notes 1, 2
CTX67
(208VAC
tion
or 240VAC only)
5462
0
Figure 4-16 AC Power Cords in Six or Seven Cabinets
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-27

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install AC Power Components
Right Side
AC Power
Cables
Front
Bonding Connection
Plates
(Required for all wall
mounted expansion
cabinets on both
right and left sides)
RPSB2 or BPSB240
120VAC power supply cord is
Power Strip
shipped with each cabinet.
A special AC power supply cord
(BACL240) must be ordered
separately for each power
5233
All Power Strip cords
supply if using 208VAC or
are 9 feet long.
240VAC power.
To AC Outlet
Figure 4-17
AC Power Strips in Cabinet Interior
4-28
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Step 6: Install Reserve Power
Two or four customer-supplied, 12VDC batteries (80 amp hours maximum) can be connected to
the system as a power failure backup. In the event of a power failure, the system automatically
switches over to battery power without any interruption to existing calls or other normal system
functions.
Important!
Batteries must be connected when normal AC power is available; they cannot be
connected during an AC power failure situation.
The length of time reserve power operates depends on the system, size and number of batteries
provided, and the system load. Typical reserve power duration estimates and battery specifications
are estimated with the following considerations (see Table 4-4):
·
Batteries have full charge at start of operation.
·
Two or four batteries connected per Figure 4-18.
·
Batteries are 12VDC, rated at 80 amp/hours each.
·
System is operating at full load traffic with LCD phones.
·
Batteries used for this test are gel-cell and maintenance-free. Reserve duration will vary
depending upon battery type, age, and manufacturer. These figures should only be used as an
estimate.
Table 4-4
Typical Reserve Power Duration Estimate
Number of Cabinets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Estimated operation time
12.0
6.0 hrs.
4.0 hrs.
3.0 hrs.
2.5 hrs.
2.0 hrs
1.8 hrs
Two-battery configuration
hrs.
Estimated operation time
24.0
12.0 hrs
8.0 hrs
6.0 hrs.
5.0 hrs.
4.0 hrs
3.5 hrs
Strata
Four-battery configuration
hrs.
Inst
alla
CTX67
WARNING!
Some batteries can generate explosive gases. Therefore,
tion
ensure that batteries are located in a well-ventilated area.
0
Do not smoke near batteries.
Avoid creating any electrical sparks near batteries.
Use commercially available battery enclosures to reduce risk to nearby
people and equipment.
The procedure for installing reserve power varies, depending on the number of cabinets in the
system and the mounting method employed in installing the cabinets. The following text details
reserve power battery installation requirements.
WARNING!
Battery cables that exit the cabinet(s) are not UL listed because of
possible incorrect installations. Have a licensed electrician install these
cables.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-29

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Reserve Battery Cabinet Components/Cables
The part names and descriptions of the reserve battery cabinet components and cables are shown in
Table 4-5.
Table 4-5
Reserve Battery Cabinet Components/Cables
Option
Description
A three-meter battery cable used to connect reserve power batteries to the system power
supply when the system has less than three cabinets. One reserve power cable is required
PBTC-3M
for each cabinet in a one or two cabinet system (wall or floor mount). The cable connects the
CTX670 cabinet power supply directly to the battery terminals (a BBDB is not required).
CTX670 reserve power battery distribution box is required when connecting reserve power
batteries to three or more cabinets (wall or floor mount). The box is field installed into one of
the CTX670 cabinet side panels.
BBDB
The BBDB provides seven BBTC2A-2.0M, battery distribution cables to connect reserve
power from the BDDB box to each individual cabinet power supply.
One or two BBTC1A-2.0M must be ordered separately when using the BBDB battery
distribution box.
A two-meter battery cable used to connect reserve power batteries to the BBDB battery
distribution box. One reserve power cable is required in a three or four cabinet system and
BBTC1A-2.0M
two cables are required for five or more cabinet systems (wall or floor mount). The cable
connects CTX670 BBDB box directly to the battery terminals.
Reserve Power for One or Two Cabinets (Wall Mount)
1. Connect the black jumper wire (supplied with the PBTC-3M cable) from the positive terminal
of one 12VDC battery to the negative terminal of the second 12VDC battery (Figure 4-18).
2. Ensure that a serviceable 10-amp fuse is installed in the in-line fuse holder of the PBTC-3M
cable.
3. Connect the PBTC-3M battery cable white lead to the open positive terminal of the 12VDC
battery. Connect the black lead to the open negative terminal of the second 12VDC battery.
Important!
The cabinet(s) must be connected to the (live) AC power source, and the power
supply On/Off switch set to On prior to the final step of connecting the reserve
power batteries to the power supply via the BATT+/- receptacle. If the batteries are
connected after AC power is lost, reserve power will not function.
4. Connect the PBTC-3M battery cable two-prong male plug to the Base Cabinet power supply
BATT +/- receptacle.
5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to connect a PBTC-3M to the Expansion Cabinet.
6. To test reserve power operation, disconnect system AC power plugs with power supply On/Off
switches in the On position. The system should continue to operate without interruption.
Note If connecting four batteries, follow the wiring diagram in Figure 4-18.
4-30
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Reserve Power for Three or More Cabinets (Wall Mount)
1. Install the Battery Distribution Box (BBDB) to the bottom cabinet (see Figures 4-12 and 4-24).
The BCCB is not required for wall mount systems.
2. Connect two Cable "C" jumper wires from the positive terminal of one 12VDC battery to the
negative terminal of the second 12VDC batter, per Figure 4-18 (Cable "C" is supplied with the
BBTC1A-2.0M cable).
3. Ensure that a serviceable 15-amp fuse is installed in the in-line fuse holder of the BBTC1A-
2.0M battery cable.
4. Connect the white lead of the BBTC1A-2.0M battery cable to the open positive terminal of the
12VDC battery. Connect the black lead to the open negative terminal of the second 12VDC
battery.
5. Connect a second BBTC1A-2.0M in parallel to the first BBTC1A-2.0M cable per Steps 2, 3
and 4 instructions.
6. Plug the two BBTC1A-2.0M battery cables into the Battery Distribution Box.
Important!
The cabinets must be connected to the (live) AC power source, and the power supply
On/Off switches set to On prior to the final step of connecting the reserve power
batteries to the power supplies via the BATT +/- receptacle. If the batteries are
connected after AC power is lost, reserve power will not function.
7. Connect the BBTC2A-2.0M cables from the Battery Distribution Box to the BATT +/-
receptacle of individual power supplies per Figure 4-12 (BBTC2A-2.0M cables are supplied
with an BBDB distribution box).
8. To test reserve power operation, disconnect the system AC power plugs with the power supply
On/Off switches in the On position. The system should continue to operate without
interruption.
Strata
Note If connecting four batteries, follow the wiring diagrams in Figure 4-18.
Inst
alla
CTX67
tion
0
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-31

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
2-Batteries/1~7 Cabinets (with BBDB)
BBTC1A-2M
Cable consists
of two (6.5 ft.) wires.
White Wire
12 Volt
A Cabinet
2-Batteries/1-Cabinet (without BBDB)
Batteries
15A Fuse (2 each)
1~4
80 AMP/
B
(only)
HR Each
12 Volt
Base Cabinet
Batteries
+ BPSU672 BATT
B Cabinet
"C" Cable,
A
80 AMP/
 Connector
5~7
supplied
HR Each
(only)
with
PBTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
BBTC1A-2M
Cable
+ 
+ 
10A Fuse
Black Wire
A
B
A
BATT
BBDB
To BPSU672 "BATT"
Rating:
Connectors (7 max.)
B
27.3VDC,
4-Batteries/2-Cabinets (without BBDB)
BBDB 42A max.
BBTC2A-2M Cables (7 max.)
supplied with BBDB
Base Cabinet
+ BPSU672 BATT
12 Volt
 Connector
Batteries
80 AMP/
Exp. Cabinet
HR Each
+ BPSU672 BATT
Connnector
4-Batteries/1~7 Cabinets (with BBDB)

10A Fuse PBTC-3M Cables (9 ft.)
"C" Cables, supplied with
BBTC1A-2M Cable
2-Batteries/2-Cabinets (without BBDB)
15A Fuse (2 each)
BBTC1A-2M
12 Volt
Cables (6.5 ft.)
Base Cabinet
Batteries
+
80 AMP/
2nd cable
BPSU672 BATT
HR each
required
12 Volt
 Connector
for 5 or
Batteries
Exp. Cabinet
more
80 AMP/
+
cabinets
HR each
BPSU672 BATT
A
B
only
 Connnector
To BPSU672 "BATT"
Connectors (7 max.)
Fuses
10A Fuse
(12 AMP)
PBTC-3M
Cables (9 ft.)
5221
BBTC2A-2M Cables
BBDB
(7 max.) supplied
(cover
with BBDB
removed)
Figure 4-18
Battery Wiring Diagram (Two or Four Batteries) Wall Mount Only
4-32
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Cabinet Floor Mounting
The part numbers and descriptions of the floor mounting hardware are shown in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6
Floor Mount Hardware
Option
Description
CTX670 conduit connection box that is installed in the base cabinet, side panel. It is used to
hardwire Primary AC power and reserve battery power connections through conduit. These
boxes are required by UL for three or more floor mounted cabinets. Conduit boxes are not
required for wall mounted systems with any number of cabinets or floor mounted system with
BCCB120 or
one or two cabinets. They can be used as an option on any system.
BCCB240
The BCCB120 is required when connecting AC120VAC as the primary power source and the
BCCB240 is required when connecting AC208VAC or AC240VAC as the primary power
source.
BCCB conduit boxes must be field installed by a certified electrician.
Floor mount fixture kit is required when floor mounting two or more CTX670 cabinets.
Provides two metal stands for mounting any number of CTX670 cabinets on floor. Three
BFIF
pairs or wall brackets (RWBF) are supplied with BFIF to use when mounting three or more
CTX670 cabinets on floor. The wall brackets are needed to secure floor-mounted systems to
the wall for safety purposes.
Floor Mounting One or Two Cabinets
1. Remove front, side, and top covers from cabinet(s) (Figure 4-5). Remove plastic locating parts
from all cabinet back covers using a Phillips screwdriver.
2. Make sure that cabinet power supplies (BPSU672A) are installed per "Install Power Supply"
on page 4-6.
Strata
Inst
3. If installing just one or two cabinets, install the BFIF fixtures on each side of the bottom of the
cabinet (Figure 4-19) and place the cabinet where it should be installed.
alla
CTX67
4. Set the bottom cabinet on the floor or mount surface, then set the top cabinet on the bottom
tion
cabinet.
0
5. Fasten the two cabinets together with the four screws provided: (two screws at front "A" and
two at back "B" of cabinet. Place cabinet where it should be installed.
6. Connect the Expansion Cabinet data cable to the "CAB. 2" data cable connector on the Base
Cabinet (Figures 4-9 and 4-12).
...or if installing a Remote Expansion Cabinet: see details in "Remote Cabinet Installation
Instructions" on page 4-56.
7. Install ground wiring, AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended
Installation Sequence" on page 4-6.
8. Fill out cabinet/slot identification labels on cabinet(s) (Figure 4-8).
9. Reinstall covers on to cabinets (Figure 4-5).
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-33

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Floor Mounting Three or More Cabinets
This section shows you how to mount three or more cabinets to a concrete, wood or computer
room floor. Use the General Steps for all of these methods first, then the specific steps that follow
for each method.
1. Make sure that cabinet power supplies (BPSU672A) are installed per "Install Power Supply"
on page 4-6.
2. Remove front, side, and top covers from all cabinets. Remove plastic locating parts from all
cabinet back covers using Phillips screwdriver (Figures 4-4 and 4-5).
3. Install a floor fixture (BFIF) on each side of the bottom cabinet. (Make sure that the fixture is
inside of the cabinet edge. For Steps 3~10, see Figures 4-19~4-23.
4. Place cabinet two on top of the bottom cabinet and connect them together at points "A" and
"B" with the screws provided.
5. Place cabinet three on top of cabinet two and connect them together at points "A" and "B" with
the screws provided.
6. If installing more than three cabinets, install wall brackets (RWBF) on the top of cabinet three.
Position the three cabinets parallel to the wall (two inches from the wall) and secure the wall
brackets to the wall with customer-provided wood screws and wall anchors as required.
7. For systems with just three cabinets, secure the floor fixtures (already attached to the bottom
cabinet) to the floor with the customer-provided floor bolts.
8. Refer to the sub-sections that follow the appropriate procedure to anchor the system to
concrete, wood, or computer room floor.
9. Add remaining cabinets, making sure that the cabinets are connected together at points A and B
with the screws provided.
10. For systems with four or more cabinets, make sure that wall brackets (RWBF) are installed on
both sides of the top cabinet, in addition to cabinet three.
11. Check to make sure the cabinets are parallel to the wall. Secure the floor fixtures attached to the
bottom cabinet to the floor with the customer-provided floor anchors.
12. Connect the data cable of each Expansion Cabinet to the applicable data cable connector on the
Base Cabinet (Figure 4-9). (The data cable from the first Expansion Cabinet should be
connected to the connector labeled "CAB. 2", the cable from the second Expansion Cabinet to
the "CAB. 3" connector, etc.)
13. Install ground wiring, AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended
Installation Sequence" on page 4-6.
14. Fill out cabinet/slot identification labels on each cabinet and reinstall covers on the cabinets.
(The top cover should be installed on the top cabinet.)
4-34
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Top Cabinet Wall
Securing Brackets
B
(RWBF)
(Left and
Right Side)
B
Front (2)
B Back (2) Mounting
Mouting
B
Screws Provided
A
Screws
with BFIF Kit
Provided
B
with BFIF Kit
Base Cabinet
B
Third Cabinet Wall
(bottom)
Securing Bracket
A
(RWBF)
(Left and right side)
B
A
B
A
B
BFIF
Bottom Wall
Strata
Mounting
A
B
Securing Bracket
Inst
Screws
A
(RWBF)
alla
CTX67
Anchor
tion
A
Bolts (2)
B
0
1
Floor
Fixture
BFIF is
(BFIF)
inside of
cabinet edge
Anchor
BFIF
5042
Bolts (2)
Mounting Screws
Figure 4-19
CTX670 Cabinet Floor Installation
Important!
·
BFIF (two-each) and RWBFA (six-each) are supplied with the floor installation kit BFIF.
·
Upper and third cabinets must be fixed to the wall with RWBFS on each side (use #12 x 2 inch
wood screws and wall anchors, as required).
·
Floor fixture (BFIF) must be fixed to floor by either anchor bolts, or wall by RWBF wall
brackets (see Figures 4-19 and 4-20).
·
Screw size for BFIF and A and B cabinet screws are metric M5 x 10, .80 pitch.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-35

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
RWBF
A
B
RWBF
RWBF
RWBFs are used on left and
A
B
A
B
right sides, wherever indicated
RWBF
A
B
A
B
A
B
RWBF
"A"
Front two
screws, left
A
B
and right sides
A
B
RWBF
A
B
A
B
RWBF
RWBF
RWBF
RWBF
"B"
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Back two
screws, left
and right sides
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
RWBF
RWBF
RWBF
RWBF
BFIF
BFIF
BFIF
BFIF
BFIF
5007
BFIFs are used on left and
right sides, wherever indicated
Note RWBF (3-pairs) and BFIF Stands (1-pair) are supplied with floor installation kit BFIF.
Figure 4-20
Floor Mounting Cabinet Installation
Bolt Cabinets to Concrete Floor
1. Mount the CTX670 Base Cabinet on Floor
Mount Fixtures (see Figures 4-19 and
4-21). Position the Base Cabinet at the
selected installation location.
Bottom
Cabinet
2. Mark the floor where holes will be drilled.
Move the Base Cabinet prior to drilling.
BFIF
(Floor
Note Cover the Base Cabinet with a drop
mount
Bolt
fixture)
cloth to protect the power equipment
Lockwasher
from dust created during drilling.
Bolt Anchor
3. Use a hammer drill to make holes for 3/8-
Concrete
Floor
Plug
inch bolt anchors.
5242
4. Install the bolt anchors, with plugs, in the
drilled holes.
Figure 4-21
Installation on Concrete Floor
5. Using the driving tool and a hammer,
drive each bolt anchor into the floor.
6. Move the Base Cabinet into position on
the equipment room floor.
7. Secure the Base Cabinet to the floor using bolts, lock washers, and flat washers.
4-36
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Bolt Cabinets to Wooden Floor
1. Mount the CTX670 Base Cabinet on Floor
Mount Fixtures (BFIF). See Figures 4-19
and 4-20.
2. Position the Base Cabinet at the selected
Base
installation location.
Cabinet
3. Mark the floor where holes will be drilled.
BFIF
Move the Base Cabinet prior to drilling.
(Floor
mount
Bolt
Note Cover the Base Cabinet with a drop cloth
fixture)
Lockwasher
to protect the power equipment from
dust created during drilling.
Wooden
Floor
4. Drill pilot holes to make insertion of 3/8
1468
inch lag bolts easier, and to prevent splitting
of wood flooring.
Figure 4-22
Installation on Wooden Floor
5. Move the Base Cabinet into position on the
equipment room floor.
6. Secure the Base Cabinet to the floor using lag bolts, lock washers, and flat washers.
Bolt Cabinets to Computer Room Floor
1. Mount the CTX670 Base Cabinet on Floor Mount Fixtures (BIMF). See Figures 4-19 and 4-20.
2. Position the Base Cabinet at the selected installation location.
3. Mark the floor where holes will be drilled. Move the Base Cabinet prior to drilling.
Note Cover the Base Cabinet with a drop cloth to protect the power equipment from dust created
during drilling.
4. Drill holes through tile for 3/8-inch threaded rods.
Strata
Inst
5. After the tiles have been drilled, insert threaded rods through the holes in the tile and mark the
alla
concrete floor directly beneath the holes in the tiles.
CTX67
tion
6. Remove the tiles. Use a hammer drill to make holes for 3/8-inch bolt anchors.
0
7. Install the bolt anchors with plugs in the

drilled holes.
8. Using the driving tool and a hammer, drive
each bolt anchor into the floor.
Bottom
Cabinet
9. Screw threaded rods into each bolt anchor.
BFIF
10. Install a hex nut, lock washer, and flat
(Floor
washer on each threaded rod. Screw the
mount
fixture)
nuts down far enough to allow floor tiles to
be replaced over the threaded rods.
Floor Tiles
Flat Washer
11. Replace tiles over threaded rods in their
Lock Washer
Lead Anchors
original positions on the floor.
Hex Nut
12. Reach under the tiles, and screw the hex
Concrete
nuts upward until the flat washers are
1469
touching the bottom of the tile.
Figure 4-23
Installation on Computer Room
13. Use a hack saw to cut the threaded rods at a
height of approximately 1.5 inches above the floor tile.
14. Move the Base Cabinet into position over the threaded rods.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-37

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
15. Secure the Base Cabinet to the floor using flat washers, lock washer, and hex nuts on each
threaded rod.Mount Cabinets to Computer Room Floor (Unbolted).
16. Make sure that cabinet power supplies (BPSU672A) are installed per "Install Power Supply"
on page 4-6.
17. Remove front, side, and top covers from all cabinets (Figure 4-5).
Note As shown in Figure 4-5, the two screws on each side cover and the three screws on the front
cover (the bottom left screw must be completely removed) should only be loosened and the
covers slid to the right for removal.
18. Remove plastic locating parts from all cabinet back covers using a Phillips screwdriver (Figure
4-4).
19. Install a floor fixture (BFIF) on each side of the bottom cabinet (Figures 4-19 and 4-23),
making sure that the fixture is inside of the cabinet edge.
20. Secure a wall bracket (RWBF) to both floor fixtures with the screws provided. Secure the wall
brackets to the wall with customer-provided wood screws and wall anchors.
21. Place a cabinet on top of the bottom cabinet and connect the cabinets together at points "A" and
"B"17 with the screws provided.
22. Install wall brackets (RWBF) on the top of cabinet three and secure them to the wall with
customer-provided wood screws and wall anchors.
23. Add remaining cabinets, making sure that the cabinets are connected together at points A and B
with screws provided.
24. For systems with four or more cabinets, make sure that wall brackets (RWBF) are installed on
both sides of the top cabinet, in addition to cabinet three.
25. Connect the data cable of each Expansion Cabinet to the applicable data cable connector on the
Base Cabinet (Figures 4-9 and 4-12). The data cable from the first Expansion Cabinet should be
connected to the connector labeled "CAB. 2", the cable from the second Expansion Cabinet to
the "CAB. 3" connector, etc.).
26. Install ground wiring, AC and reserve power cabling, and PCB cabling per the "Recommended
Installation Sequence" on page 4-6.
27. Fill out cabinet/slot identification labels on each cabinet (see Figure 4-8), then reinstall covers
on the cabinets. (The top cover should be installed on the top cabinet.)
4-38
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Cabinet AC Power Component Installation
After the cabinets have been floor mounted, the AC power components should be installed. Tables
4-7 and 4-8 show the primary AC power components required for floor mounted systems.
Table 4-7
Floor Mount Cabinet Component Requirements for 120VAC Primary Power
Local
Cabinets
Electrical
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Three or more
1 BCCB1201 1 BCCB1201
cabinets
1 -BCCB1201
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 RPSB2
2 RPSB2
N/A
N/A
require a
1 BFIF
conduit box
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1. A BCCB120 conduit connection box must be installed and wired by a certified electrician per the local
electrical code (see Figure 4-24).
Table 4-8
Floor Mount Cabinet Component Requirements for 208VAC or 240VAC Primary Power
Local
Cabinets
Electrical
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Two or more
1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401 1 BCCB2401
1 BCCB2401
cabinets
1 BACL240
1 BPSB240
1 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
2 BPSB240
3 BPSB240
2 BACL240
require a
1 BFIF
3 BACL240
4 BACL240
5 BACL240 6 BACL240
7 BACL240
conduit box
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1 BFIF
1. A BCCB240 conduit connection box must be installed and wired by a certified electrician per the local electrical code (see
Figure 4-25).
Strata
Inst
alla
CTX67
tion
0
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-39

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Strata
Up to 7 Cabinets
Bottom Cabinet (Wall Mount)
Second from Bottom Cabinet (Floor Mount)
RPSB2 or
BPSB240A
Power Strips
Cable from BCCB
BBTCIA-2M
BBDB1A
Battery
Distribution
Box
BBDB1A
Battery
Distribution Box
BBTC2A-2M
To BPSU672A Power
Seven Cables
Supply "BATT" Jack
Supplied with
BCCB120 or 240
BBDB
Conduit Connection Box
Floor Mounted Bottom Cabinet
Cables to BBDB1A
Conduit
Reserve
Batteries
Primary AC
Power Pannel
Battery
AC Power
BFIF Floor
Mount Stand
BCCB120A or BCCB240
4784
Conduit Connection Box
Figure 4-24
Battery Distribution and Conduit Connection Box Installation
4-40
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
BCCB120 (top view)
F3
F1
3 outlets
NEMA:5-15R
F4
F2
Fused: 250VAC/15A
F1~F4 Battery
Rated: 125VAC/15A
Fuses 250VAC/15A
BCCB240 (top view)
F3
F1
To BBDB
2 outlets
Battery Distribution Box
NEMA:6-20R
F4
F2
Not Fused
Rated: 250VAC/20A
BCCB
BATT
AC
+
-
L
N
Battery Wire Specifications
AC Wire
#10 AWG minimum (2 pairs)
Specifications:
42A max.
BCCB120
5047
#10 AWG
Conduit
29A max.
Holes to 1/2 inch trade size
BBCB240
Strata
Inst
#12 AWG
From
From
18A max.
alla
CTX67
reserve
20A dedicated
battery
circuit
tion
0
WARNING!
BCCB conduit boxes must be
installed by a certified electrician.
Figure 4-25
BCCB AC Power and Battery Connections
Notes
·
When floor mounting the CTX670, the batteries must be installed by a licensed electrician per
local electric code using conduit. (See Figure 4-25.)
·
Batteries should be installed in a customer-supplied commercial battery box or enclosed rack.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-41

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Reserve Power
Reserve Power/AC Wiring for Three or More Cabinets (Floor
Mount)
Floor-mounted systems with three or more cabinets require a Conduit Connection Box (BCCB) to
connect reserve power cabling and AC power cabling to the system. Only a qualified electrician
can install cabling between the reserve power batteries and AC power cabling to the conduit
connection box. All other steps required to install reserve power, including installation of the
Battery Distribution Box (BBDB), can be accomplished by the normal system installer.
³ To connect reserve power to floor-mounted systems with three or more cabinets
See Figures 4-12~4-17 and follow these steps:
1. Make sure that the Conduit Connection Box is installed on the bottom base cabinet (see Figure
4-24). The box can be installed by the regular system installer.
2. Have a licensed electrician install conduit and battery cabling to the Conduit Connection Box
per local electrical codes. The remaining steps in this procedure can be performed by the
regular system installer (see Figure 4-25).
3. Install the Battery Distribution Box on the second cabinet (the cabinet directly above the
bottom cabinet), see Figure 4-24.
4. Plug the two Conduit Connection Box cables (coming from the left side of the BCCB box) into
the Battery Distribution Box (BBDB).
Important!
The cabinets must be connected to the (live) AC power source, and the power supply
On/Off switches set to On prior to the final step of connecting the reserve power
batteries to the power supplies via the BATT +/- receptacle. If the batteries are
connected after AC power is lost, reserve power will not function.
5. Connect cables from the (BBDB) Battery Distribution Box to the BATT +/- receptacle of
individual power supplies. BBTC2A-2M cables come with each BBDB distribution box (see
Figure 4-12).
6. To test reserve power operation, turn off the system AC power circuit breaker with power
supply On/Off switches in the On position. The system should continue to operate without
interruption.
Note AC/DC wiring and conduit must be installed by a licensed electrician per local electrical
code (conduit trade size is 1/2 inch).
See "Install Reserve Power" on page 4-29 for battery specifications and wiring guidelines.
Table 4-9
CTX Power Supply LED Indication During Reserve Power Mode
Power
+5V
-5V
PF
Normal Power Condition
Green
Green
Green
OFF
Backup condition by Battery
OFF
Green
Green
OFF
(AC Power has been removed)
AC Power Retrieval
Green
Green
Green
OFF
(Battery Backup has been removed)
After manually powering OFF and ON
Green
Green
Green
OFF
4-42
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
Step 7: Install Processor and Universal PCBs
This section provides procedures for the installation of CTX670 processor (or common control)
PCBs.
The CTX670 system Base and Expansion Cabinets are shipped empty. PCBs are not installed at
the factory. Universal PCBs must be placed according to the configuration information obtained
and developed in Chapter 1 Configuration. PCB installation is in Chapter 6 PCB Installation.
·
Install PCBs only after installing the Base Cabinet and, if applicable, Expansion Cabinets per
the Cabinet Installation section in this chapter.
·
Be sure the power supply has been tested and the ground has been checked (see "Install Power
Supply" on page 4-6.
·
Install universal slot PCBs per the CTX670 configuration guidelines (see "Worksheet 6: Strata
CTX670 Cabinet Slots" on page 2-37.
·
Install the metal mesh shield, B50MT around the 25-pair cables connected to PCBs per Figure
4-10.
Important!
After all PCBs are installed, be sure to slide the locking bar into the lock position to
ensure that the PCBs remain in place (see Figure 4-3 on page 4-9).
PCB Installation Considerations
The Base Cabinet has ten slots. The first two slots, labeled "B101" and "B102" are reserved for the
common control unit and future feature upgrades. The next eight slots (labeled "S101" ~"S108")
are universal and capable of hosting any of the station, line, and option interface PCBs compatible
with the CTX670 systems.
The Expansion Cabinets have ten universal slots, labeled "S_01," "S_02," etc., where the blank
Strata
space of the label represents the number of the Expansion Cabinet. Like the universal slots in the
Inst
Base Cabinet, these universal slots are capable of hosting any of the station, line, and option
alla
CTX67
interface PCBs.
tion
Cabinets are numbered from 1 to 7. The Base Cabinet is numbered 1; the first Expansion Cabinet,
0
number 2; the second Expansion Cabinet, number 3, etc. See the CTX670 Configuration and PCB

Installation section for details.
PCB Option Considerations
CTX670 PCBs can be configured for a variety of hardware and software options. Hardware
options are defined as either internal (generally related to optional PCB subassemblies) or external
(related to connection of peripheral equipment such as background music, voice mail, etc.).
Hardware Options
Some PCBs must be configured for hardware options prior to installation of the PCB in the
cabinet. Configuration instructions for internal hardware options are provided in the individual
PCB installation procedures in this chapter and in Chapter 6 PCB Installation. Configuration
instructions for external hardware options are provided in Chapter 12 Peripheral Installation.
Software Options
PCBs are configured for software options through programming, following the installation
instructions of the PCBs. A programming overview for each PCB is provided in the individual
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-43

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
PCB installation procedures in this chapter. Refer to the Strata CTX Programming Manual for
detailed programming instructions.
BCTU1A/BEXU1A Installation
This section explains how to install the new BCTU/BEXU processor PCBs into Strata CTX670
telephone systems. The BCTU/BEXU processor PCBs require Strata CTX Release 2.1, or higher,
software and CTX WinAdmin Release 2.1, or higher, software.
The BCTU can be installed without the BEXU for a maximum capacity of 192 ports. It supports
the Base and one Expansion cabinet. The BCTU by itself supports all the features and capacities
equal to the BECU/BBCU without the BEXS and BBMS expansion PCBs.
If the BEXU is installed with the BCTU, 672 ports are available, along with all the features and
capacities equal to the BECU/BBCU with BEXS and BBMS expansion PCBs.
The BCTU or BEXU do not have a built-in modem. The AMDS must be installed on the BCTU if
remote administration is required over telephone lines.
CAUTION!
·
Do not remove the plastic insulation shield from the back of the BEXU PCB. If the
shield comes off, do not allow the back of the PCB to contact metal.
·
The BCTU and BEXU PCBs are shipped from the factory with the battery jumper in
the "Off" position. Ensure it is moved to the "On" position before installing the
processor to protect customer configuration information stored in the processor RAM.
The battery will protect RAM for approximately six years. Otherwise, to conserve the
lithium battery, move the jumper to the "Off" position.
·
When packaging the BCTU and BEXU PCBs, use only a nonconducting material
enclosure, such as plain cardboard. Conductive material can cause the internal battery
to discharge and erase memory in the BCTU and BEXU PCBs.
·
Make sure that the power supply is Off when installing the BCTU and BECU PCB or
damage to the board could result.
·
When removing the BCTU1A and BEXU1A, first detach the cable connecting the
BCTU and BEXU1A.
4-44
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
1. On the BCTU PCB (see Figure 4-26), set the battery jumper, "BATT" to the "On" position.
Although you can fit the jumper plug in a horizontal position, this would be incorrect. Be sure
to place the "BATT" jumper in the correct vertical and upright position (see Figure 4-27.)
Connect
ribbon cable
AMDS
to BEXU1A
Interface
IC501
P7
P4
P5
P2
Backplane Connectors
Place AMDS
here
1
2
RJ45
LAN
P801
BSIS
Interface
P8
P3
Smart
IC101
Media
Card
Place BSIS
Slot
here
P601
RCA Jack
ON
BGM/MOH
OFF
BATT
P802
BCTU1A
6838
Strata
Inst
Figure 4-26 BCTU1A Base Processor
alla
CTX67
tion
0
BATT
BATT
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
P601
P601
PCB Front Side
Factory-shipped
Memory Backup
Proper Jumper Position
Position
Position
Side View
6963
Figure 4-27 Correct Battery Jumper Position
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-45

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
2. Install the AMDS on the BCTU if remote maintenance is required.
3. Install the BSIS on the BCTU if SMDR or SMDI is required.
4. Install the BCTU Base Unit processor in slot B102 (see Figure 4-28). Ensure the component
side of the BCTU PCB is facing right when installing it in the Base Cabinet.
5. If you are installing more than one Expansion Unit, install the BEXU processor in slot B101
(see Figure 4-29).
6. Connect the two supplied ribbon cables from the BCTU to the BEXU by placing the ribbon
connectors over the appropriate connector on the PCB (see Figure 4-30). Each ribbon
connector has two locking tabs (top and bottom) that must be pressed down to lock the
connector to the PCB.
7. Insert the SmartMedia card (gold contacts face right, notched corner faces forward and down)
into the slot on the BCTU.
CAUTION!
·
Heed any handling instructions in the SmartMedia Card User's Manual.
·
Avoid bending or subjecting the card to impact.
·
When the card is not in used, store it in its sleeve.
·
Avoid touching the connectors and protect the card from dirt, dust and liquids.
·
Toshiba recommends backing up important data stored on the card.
8. Proceed with the system startup procedure in the Strata CTX Programming Manual.
Notes
Unlike the BBCU/BECU, the following are controlled by software programming for the BCTU/
BEXU:
·
MOH/BGM source volume adjustments
·
Mu/A Law selection
4-46
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
Unlike the BBCU/BECU, the internal modem is optional with the BCTU/BEXU processor.
AMDS interface (optional) plugs onto the BCTU card. See Table 4-10.
Ribbon Cables
LINK (LAN link)
TX/RX (LAN link transmitting/receiving)
Network Interface Jack
WinAdmin PC/Server
(RJ45, 8-pin modular)
ACD PC/Server
Attendant Console PC / Server
1
2
BSIS Serial Ports
Smart Media
SMDR
(RJ11, 6-pin modular)
SMDI
3
Card Socket
4
(Slide card in,
SM (Smart Media Access Status LED)
gold contacts face
right, notched
HB (Processor Heart Beat LED)
corner down)
MOH/BGM Input (RCA Jack)
B101
B102
S_01
S_02
6920
BEXU BCTU
Figure 4-28 BCTU/BEXU Processor PCB Connectors
Strata
Inst
alla
P5
P4
CTX67
tion
P5
P4
0
IC404

P1
Backplane Connectors
2
1
IC201
IC402
IC403
IC
IC
8
8
01
02
P2
IC
IC
8
8
05
06
Important!
IC
IC
8
8
White battery
03
04
P901
OFF
ON
jumper must be
BATT
moved to the
IC
IC
8
8
07
0
ON position.
8
BEXU1A
6839
Figure 4-29 BEXU1A Expansion Unit Processor
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-47

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
The following tables provide details about the connectors and indicators on the BCTU1A and
BEXU1A PCBs.
Table 4-10
BCTU Controls, Indicators, and Interface Connectors
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
P801
RJ45 LAN
Network interface port
P501
SmartMedia house
SmartMedia Interface
P802
RCA Jack
BGM/MOH interface
P2, P3
44-pin connectors
Processor backplane
Must always be in the ON position to maintain
P601 BATT
Jumper Plug
customer data.
LINK, TX, RX
LED
LAN link transmission and receive indicator
SM
LED
SmartMedia access indicator
HB
LED
Processor operation indication
P7
60-pin connector
AMDS interface (optional)
P8
60-pin connector
BSIS interface (optional)
Connector P5
Connector and ribbon cable Ribbon cable connector to P4 (1) on the BEXU.
Connector P4
Connector and ribbon cable Ribbon cable connector to P5 (2) on the BEXU.
Table 4-11
BEXU Controls, Indicators, and Interface Connectors
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
Must always be in the ON position to maintain
P901 BATT
Jumper plug
customer data.
P4, P5
Connector and ribbon cable
Ribbon cable connector to BCTU1A.
4-48
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs

1
The short 60mm ribbon
Plug
2
cable connects from
to
1
1
BEXU1A to BCTU1A
Plug
P4
to
(BEXU)
P5
(BEXU)
P5
P4
The longer 120mm ribbon
cable connects from
2
BEXU1A to BCTU1A 2
P5
P4
BEXU1A
IC404
P1
IC201
2
1
BCTU1A
IC501
P7
P4
P5
P2
P2
1
2
Plug
Plug
BEXU1A
to
P801
Locking Tab
to
P4
(BCTU)
6962
(BCTU)
Strata
P8
P3
Inst
2
1
alla
IC101
CTX67
tion
0
P601
ON
OFF
BATT
P802
BCTU1A
Figure 4-30 Detailed Ribbon Cable Connection for BEXU1A and BCTU1A
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-49

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
BECU/BBCU Installation
CAUTION!
·
Do not remove the plastic insulation shield from the back of the BBCU PCB. If the
shield comes off, do not allow the back of the PCB to contact metal.
·
The BBCU PCBs are shipped from the factory with the battery jumper in the "Off"
position. Ensure it is moved to the "On" position before installing the BBCU to protect
customer configuration information stored in the BBCU RAM.
·
When transporting the BBCU PCB, keep the battery jumper in the "On" position in
order to save the configuration data stored in BBCU RAM. (The battery will protect
RAM for approximately six years.) Otherwise, to conserve the lithium battery, move
the jumper to the "Off" position.
·
When packaging the BECU and BBCU PCBs, use only a nonconducting material
enclosure, such as plain cardboard. Conductive material can cause the internal battery
to discharge and erase memory in the BECU and BBCU PCBs.
1. Set the battery jumper, "BATT," on the BBCU PCB to the "On" position.
2. On the BBCU, make sure the Mu/A jumper plug is set to the Mu position (U.S. and Canada).
3. Before you install the BBMS, make sure the "ATTACHED BBMS" jumper is set to "NO."
4. After installing the BBMS, change the "ATTACHED BBMS" jumper to "YES."
5. If you are installing the Basic system, skip to Step 6. If you are installing the Expanded system,
install the BBMS and BEXS onto the BBCU and BECU respectively.
6. Install the BBMS onto the BBCU (see Figures 4-31 and 4-32). Install the BEXS onto the
BECU (see Figures 4-33 and 4-35).
7. If serial ports are required, install the BSIS onto the BECU (see Figures 4-34 and 4-35).
8. Make sure that the power supply is Off when installing the BBCU and BECU PCB or damage
to the board could result.
9. Install the BECU in slot B101 and the BBCU in slot B102, then connect the two BECU ribbon
cables to the BBCU, as shown in Figure 4-36.
10.Proceed with system startup procedure in the Strata CTX Programming Manual.
³ To adjust the CTX670 MOH/BGM source
³ Adjust the VR1 potentiometer to the desired volume level while listening to MOH or BGM
(see Chapter 12 Peripheral Installation).
4-50
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
Network
Interface
RJ45
BBCU1A
Set the jumper
to "YES" only
P7
P5
P4
after installing
MU
the BBMS.
3
MU Law
P101
P1
for U.S.
1
& Canada
A
YES
NO
BBMS1A
BBMS
P701
BBMS
A
Memory
TTA
Module
OFF
CHED
TT
BA
ON
P3
P2
5254
Figure 4-31
BBCU Processor PCB
CAUTION! Be careful installing the BBMS (Figure 4-32). It is fragile.
Strata
Inst
alla
CTX67
tion
BBMS1A
BBMS1A
0
5526
1. Hold the BBMS top-side
2. Slide the BBMS
3. Push down on the outer
up. The top side has five

into the socket.

edge of the BBMS. It
chips and "BBMS1A."
should
"snap"
down.
Figure 4-32
Installing the BBMS Backup Memory Module on the BBCU
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-51

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
BEXS1A
UP
BEXS1A
IC401
IC402
UP
IC401
IC403
IC402
IC404
IC403
5656
IC404
P4
5529
P8
P6
P1
BECU1A
P5
1
BSIS1A
2
3
4
UP
5667
BECU1A
Figure 4-33 Installing BEXS onto BECU
Figure 4-34 Installing BSIS onto BECU
BEXS1A
UP
IC401
P4
IC402
Serial Port Pins:
IC403
P1
P5
1
RD
IC404
2
TD
le
3
DSR
1
4
DTR
rts
BSIS1A
o
2
rammab
5
CD
ial P
3
Ser
6
SG
4
UP
our Prog
P2
F
VR901
RJ11
P3
( 6-pin jack )
BECU1A
5416
Figure 4-35
BECU with BEXS and BSIS
4-52
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
Built-in Modem
Ribbon Cables
(33.6 kbps, v.34
WinAdmin PC / Server)
Processor Heart Beat LED (0.4 seconds on/0.4 seconds off.)
Smart Media Access Status LED
1
BSIS Serial Ports
2
Smart Media Card Socket (Smart Media card slides in, gold
(RJ11, 6-pin modular)
contacts face right, notched corner down)
3
SMDR
Network Interface Link Connection LED.
SMDI
4
Strata CTX Receive Network Data LED.
MOH Volume Control
Strata CTX Send Network Data LED.
(screw driver adjust)
MOH/BGM Input
Network Interface Jack
(RCA Jack)
(RJ45, 8-pin modular)
WinAdmin PC/Server
B101
B102
S_01
S_02
ACD PC/Server
BECU
Attendant Console PC / Server
5447
BBCU
Figure 4-36
BBCU/BECU Processor PCB Connectors
11. Insert the BECU into the "B101" slot
in the Base Cabinet (see Figure
P4
4-36). Ensure the component side of
BBMS1A
Strata
Inst
the BBCU PCB is facing right when
installing it in the Base Cabinet.
alla
CTX67
YES
ATTACHED
12. Insert the BBCU into slot B102.
P5
BBMS
NO
tion
P2
13. Connect the supplied ribbon cables
P1
0
between BECU and BBCU.
14. Insert the SmartMedia card (gold
contacts face right, notched corner
Insert
P3
faces forward and down) into the slot
Smart
on the BBCU Figure 4-36 and 4-37.
Media
Card
Network
P7
P101
Interface
ON OFF
3
1
RJ45
MU
A
P701
BBCU1A
BATT
5670
Figure 4-37
SmartMedia Card Installation
CAUTION! Heed any warnings or handling instructions in the SmartMedia Card User's
Manual.
Avoid bending or subjecting the card to impact.
When the card is not in used, store it in its sleeve.
Avoid touching the connectors and protect the card from dirt, dust and
liquids.
Toshiba recommends backing up important data stored on the card.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-53

Strata CTX670 Installation
Install Processor and Universal PCBs
Table 4-12
BECU Controls, Indicators, and Interface Connectors
Control/Indicator/
Type of Component
Description
Connector
VR901
Trim potentiometer
Adjusts volume for MOH/BGM sources.
P3
RCA jack
BGM/MOH interface
Connector P5
Connector and ribbon cable
Ribbon cable connector to BBCU.
Connector P4
Connector and ribbon cable
Ribbon cable connector to BBCU.
BSIS
Four ports of I/O RS-232
(Optional unit) Adds up to four serial ports.
(Optional unit) Required for Expanded system,
BEXS
Time switch
along with the BMMS.
Table 4-13
BBCU Controls, Indicators, and Interface Connectors
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
Must always be in the On position to retain
processor RAM data. The Strata CTX will not
BATT
Jumper plug
operate properly if the jumper is in the Off
position or if it is not installed.
P7
RJ45
Network interface port.
Memory module. (Optional unit) Required for
BBMS Module
Subassembly module
Expanded system, along with the BEXS.
Jumper setting must always be set to "Yes,"
ATTACHED BBMS (Yes/No)
Jumper
regardless of whether the BBMS is installed or
not.
Connector and ribbon
P4
Ribbon cable connector to BECU.
cable
Connector and ribbon
P5
Ribbon cable connector to BECU.
cable
Jumper setting must be set to "Mu" law for
Canada and the U.S. For more information on
P10 Mu /A Law
Jumper plug
Mu law/A law settings, see "Country Settings
On/Off" on page 11-20.
Holds SmartMedia Card which is used to
Backup/Restore Customer Data, Upgrade
SmartMedia Card socket
Operating System, Log and Trace
Maintenance information.
4-54
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
The RRCU1A PCB enables a
CTX670 Expansion Cabinet to
Local CTX Cabinets
be located up to three kilometers
from its Base Cabinet. One
RRCU1A connects to up to two
ribbon-type Data Cables and
applies the inter-cabinet signal to
Expansion Cabinet (2)
a fiber-optic pair. One fiber pair
1 (M1)
can support one or two
2 (S1)
2
expansion cabinets in one remote
3 (M2)
3
4
location using one RRCU1A in
Optical Module
4 (S2)
5
the Base Cabinet and another in
6
7
Base Cabinet
the Remote Expansion Cabinet.
A CTX670 Base Cabinet will
support up to six RRCU1A
Remote CTX Cabinets
Fiber Optic
PCBs. A CTX670 will support
Connection
up to six Remote Expansion
Up to
Cabinets.
3 Kilometers
MSBU
An inter-cabinet Data Cable in
(Dealer Supplied)
the Base Cabinet is attached to
Remote Expansion Cabinet (4)
an RRCU1A which converts the
1 (M1)
signal and uses an LED source to
2 (S1)
Optical
3 (M2)
apply the signal to 500 MHz/km
Module
4 (S2)
multi-mode fiber. Another
RRCU1A in the Remote
Remote Expansion Cabinet (3)
Expansion Cabinet receives the
5820
Strata
Inst
LED signal, converts it back to
Figure 4-38
Remote Expansion Cabinet Connection
its original form and applies it to
alla
CTX67
a ribbon Data Cable connected to
tion
the Remote Expansion Cabinet.
See Figure 4-38.
0
This is a hardware solution and has no effect on software or administration. Remote cabinets
support all line and trunk interfaces.
Important!
Network clock signals can only be derived from digital trunk PCBs, such as the
RDTU and RPTU, that are installed in the Base Cabinet (Master) location. Do not
install these digital trunk cards into the Remote Cabinets.
RRCU1A cards are used at both the Base (Master) and Remote (Slave) Cabinet locations. The card
set consists of an RRCU1A PCB and its ROMS1A daughter board. The RRCU1A connects to the
inter-cabinet Data Cables, holds the Remote/Slave option jumpers, and has an RS-232C port for
monitoring the fiber connection. (See Figure 4-41.)
The ROMS1A daughter board holds an SC-type fiber connector, a connector for control of two
8-circuit DPFT units, and status LEDs.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-55

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
Remote Cabinet Installation Instructions
All instructions apply to both the Base Cabinet and the Remote Expansion Cabinet except where
specifically noted.
1. Install cabinets according to the instructions given at the beginning of this chapter. Pay
particular attention to wiring and grounding instructions given for Remote Expansion Cabinets.
2. If installing a standalone Remote Expansion Cabinet, or the first in a stack, set the "BASE/
EXP" switch to "BASE" in accordance with Figure 4-3.
3. Cabinets in which RRCU cards are installed must be modified to protect the routing of the
cables through the cabinet.
·
Attach the plastic guide to the bracket provided with the RRCU1A card. See Figure 4-40.
·
Attach the bracket to the inner wall of the cabinet.
4. Install the RRCU Card
·
Select correct jumper options (see Figure 4-41). On the Master side, both option plugs
connect the center pin to the upper pin (M1, M2). On the Slave side, both option plugs
connect the center pin to the lower pin (S1, S2).
·
Remove the protective rubber cap from the fiber connector on the ROMS1A daughter
board. See Figure 4-42.
5. Install a BCTC1A top cover on the topmost cabinet (see Figure 4-39).
Top View
Place lid over screws
and slide it to the right.
5030
Figure 4-39 Remove/Replace Remote Cabinet Cover
4-56
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
Important!
When installing the RRCU, be sure to put the card in the slot before attaching the
data cables. Detach the data cable before removing an RRCU1A. Failure to do so
may cause interference with other data highways.
6. Insert the cards
·
On the Master side, the RRCU card may be installed in Slots 1~8.
·
On the Slave side, the RRCU card may be installed in Slots 1~10.
·
The RRCU1A is a non-timeslot card and can be installed in slots normally left vacant
adjacent to digital trunk cards.
7. Connect the data cables
·
At the Base Cabinet, attach an BDCL1A data cable from the data cable connector at the left
of the cabinet to Connector M1 or M2 on the RRCU card. (Cables are provided according to
the connectors on the RRCU card to which they are attached, see Table 4-14.)
·
The cabinet connected to M1 in the
Data Cable Door
base emerges on connector S1 of the
RRCU1A at the Remote Expansion
BDCL1A Data Cable
Cabinet.
·
The cabinet connected to connector
M2 of the RRCU in the base emerges
on connector S2 of the RRCU1A at
the Remote Expansion Cabinet. See
C
Figure 4-41.
AB
2
CAB
3
CAB
·
Route the cable through the
4
CAB
5
CA
cabinet according to Figure
B
6
CAB
7
4-40.
Strata
·
Coil the excess and attach it to
Inst
the grommet on the cabinet
alla
CTX67
wall with a tie wrap. Be careful
tion
not to bind the cable tightly.
4512
Spiral Tube
0
·
Close the data cable doors.

Clamp Bracket
for Spiral Tube
Figure 4-40
Insert Optical Fiber Through
Table 4-14
Remote Cabinet Data Cables and Connectors
RRCU Connectors
Data Cables
M1
S1
M2
S2
BDCL1A-MS1
X
X
BDCL1A-M2
X
BDCL1A-S2
X
X = applies to connector
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-57

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
8. Connect the fiber optic cables
·
Pass the fiber optic cable through the protective tube.
·
Route the tube through the clamp attached to the inner cabinet wall and secure the clamp
·
Attach fiber to the SC connectors on the ROMS1A daughterboard.
·
The TX side of the Master connects to the RX side of the slave.
·
The RX side of the Master connects to the TX side of the slave.
·
TAIS recommends that the cables be marked within the cabinet for ease of maintenance.
·
Observe the minimum bend radius of 30mm.
9. Restore power.
The RRCU PCB and its controls and connectors are shown in Figure 4-41 and Table 4-15.
ROMS1A
P6
P3
Master 1
Connect to
M1
Base Cabinet
P1
P7
Slave 1
Connect
S1
to MSBU
P2
M2
MS
MS
Master 2
P11
P10
P
Connect to
8
Base Cabinet
P4
S2
Backplane Connector
Slave 2
P9
Connect
to MSBU
RS-232
Port
4356
RRCU1A
Figure 4-41 Remote Expansion Cabinet Printed Circuit Board (RRCU1A)
Table 4-15
RRCU Controls
Control/Indicator/Connector
Type of Component
Description
Jumper Plug P10
Master Mode (M connections)
3-terminal Jumper Plug
Jumper Plug P10
Slave Mode (S connections)
The ROMS subassembly and fiber optic cable connectors is shown in Figure 4-42. Table 4-16 lists
the fiber optic cable specifications.
4-58
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
-24v
11
J3
1
DG
PFT-CONTROL
CD1
SD
1
CD2
RDER
CD3
SYCF
CD4
SYCS
J1
CD5
RST
15
1
ROMS1A
J2
10
Optical
J4
Module
11
1
4379
TX Side
RX Side
Remove
Rubber Cap
to plug in
Fiber Optic
Plastic
Cable
Cap
Fiber Optic
Cable
CAUTION! Inserting the fiber
connector at an angle or
too forcefully can cause
Strata
Inst
Figure 4-42
ROMS1A Subassembly
alla
CTX67
tion
Table 4-16
Fiber Optic Specification
0
Item
Specification

Transmission Speed
155.52 Mbps
Optical Source
LED, 1300 nm
Fiber Type
Multi-mode, Graded Index Fiber (GIF)
Core Diameter
62.5 micrometers
Cladding Diameter
125 micrometers
Connector Type
SC (2-pin transmit and receive)
3 km (500~1000 MHz/km fiber)
Maximum Fiber Length
2 km (200~400 MHz/km fiber)
Optical Budget (Loss)
9 dB (one way)
Minimum Bend Radius
30 mm
Round Trip Delay Time
30 micro seconds.
Transmit Power
>= -23.5 dBm
Receiver Sensitivity
<= -30 dBm
The fiber connection must conform to both the Optical Budget and Fiber Length specifications. It
is possible to have a fiber connection longer than 3 km with less than 9 dB of loss; however, the
CTX670 Remote Expansion Cabinet is sensitive to signal delay and cannot be guaranteed to
operate at distances greater than 3 km.
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-59

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
Status Indicators
The RRCU1A card set provides two status indicators: a set of LEDs on the ROMS1A card and an
RS232C Monitor Port on the RRCU1A. Status indications are provided according to Tables 4-17
and 4-18. Binary Code Output is generated upon change of a reported condition.
Table 4-17
RS-232C Binary Code Output
Normal
BIT
Label
Function
Condition
1: Optical signal not detected
D0
SD
0
0: Optical signal detected
1: Code rule violation detected in received data
D1
RDER
0
0: Code rule violation not detected in received data
1: Frame synchronization of received data not established
D2
SYCF
0
0: Frame synchronization of received data established
1: System synchronization between cabinets not established
D3
SYCS
0
0: System synchronization between cabinets established
1: Reset signal from CTU detected
D4
RST
0
0: Reset signal from CTU not detected
D5
Not Used
0
D6
Not Used
1
D7
Not Used
0
Table 4-18
LED Status Indications
Normal
LED
Function
Condition
Blinking: Power is supplied
PWR
Blinking
Off: Power is not supplied
On: Optical signal not detected
SD
Off
Off: Optical signal detected
On: Code rule violation detected in received data
RDER
Off
Off: Code rule violation not detected in received data
On: Frame synchronization of received data not established
SYCF
Off
Off: Frame synchronization of received data established
On: System synchronization between cabinets not established
SYCS
Off
Off: System synchronization between cabinets established
On: Reset signal from CTU detected
RST
Off
Off: Reset signal from CTU not detected
4-60
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
Monitor Port Communication Parameters
Data rate:
9600 bps
Data word bits: 8
Parity:
None
Stop bits:
1
Monitor Port Pin Assignments
The monitor port pin connection and pin assignments are shown in Figure 4-43.
RRCU1A
PC with communication
Monitor jack
software - such as ProCommTM
PC DB9 or
DB25 Com port
Dealer-supplied 6-wire
telephone modular cord
(cross-pinned)
Toshiba PPTC9 or
PPTC25F
4439
Monitor jack (RJ12)
pin numbering
Strata
Inst
alla
CTX67
tion
0
Figure 4-43
RRCU1A Monitor Jack
Strata CTX I&M 06/04
4-61

Strata CTX670 Installation
Remote Expansion Cabinet Unit
4-62
Strata CTX I&M 06/04

Rack Mount Cabinets
5
The Strata CTX Rack Mount Cabinets consist of a base cabinet (CRSUB672A) and expansion
cabinets (CRSUE672A). The cabinets are made of plated sheet metal, dark gray in color.
CAUTION! Toshiba does not support mixing floor/wall-mountable cabinets with Rack
Mount cabinets in a system installation (local or remote). Mixing cabinets in
an installation causes EMC, EMI, RFI and improper grounding problems.
However, you do not have to match the remote cabinets to the local cabinets.
For example, the local cabinets can be floor/wall-mountable while the
remote ones are rack mount or vice versa.
The 19 inch-wide rack must be supplied by the dealer.
Basic Specifications
Height: 10.5 inches (267mm)
Dimensions of Base Cabinet
Width: 1.58 feet (483mm--with bracket)
Depth: 1.17 feet (358mm)
Weight of Base Cabinet
22.04 lbs. (10 kg)
Power Supply Unit (PSU)
BRPSU672A